CA2250269A1 - Human natural killer cell activating factor ii - Google Patents
Human natural killer cell activating factor ii Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2250269A1 CA2250269A1 CA002250269A CA2250269A CA2250269A1 CA 2250269 A1 CA2250269 A1 CA 2250269A1 CA 002250269 A CA002250269 A CA 002250269A CA 2250269 A CA2250269 A CA 2250269A CA 2250269 A1 CA2250269 A1 CA 2250269A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- polypeptide
- nkaf
- polynucleotide
- amino acid
- seq
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 title description 15
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 title description 8
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 272
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 266
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 264
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 108
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 92
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 92
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000009452 underexpressoin Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 22
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 14
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 163
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 117
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 78
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 77
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 71
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 50
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 43
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 34
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 19
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 18
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 17
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 15
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 12
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 11
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 9
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 9
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 9
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 8
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 7
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 101150062179 II gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101001095043 Homo sapiens Bone marrow proteoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 6
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 102000056236 human PRG2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010014950 Eosinophilia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101710182846 Polyhedrin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 4
- KOSRFJWDECSPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-L-glutamyl-L-glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(N)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O KOSRFJWDECSPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000201370 Autographa californica nucleopolyhedrovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010005233 alanylglutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010025306 histidylleucine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000003917 human chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000030603 inherited susceptibility to asthma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- PIDRBUDUWHBYSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-[[2-[(2-amino-4-methylpentanoyl)amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(N)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(O)=O PIDRBUDUWHBYSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150096316 5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000005730 ADP ribosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DPNZTBKGAUAZQU-DLOVCJGASA-N Ala-Leu-His Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CN=CN1)C(=O)O)N DPNZTBKGAUAZQU-DLOVCJGASA-N 0.000 description 2
- MEFILNJXAVSUTO-JXUBOQSCSA-N Ala-Leu-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O MEFILNJXAVSUTO-JXUBOQSCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWYROCSXOOMOEU-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Met-Glu Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N DWYROCSXOOMOEU-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCVYRWFAMZFSDA-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Ala-Ser-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O DCVYRWFAMZFSDA-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000005034 Angiolymphoid Hyperplasia with Eosinophilia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QQJSJIBESHAJPM-IHRRRGAJSA-N Arg-Cys-Tyr Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QQJSJIBESHAJPM-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDGHMJJJHYKMPA-DLOVCJGASA-N Asn-Phe-Ala Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)N CDGHMJJJHYKMPA-DLOVCJGASA-N 0.000 description 2
- RAUPFUCUDBQYHE-AVGNSLFASA-N Asn-Phe-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O RAUPFUCUDBQYHE-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIRJQYQOIKBPBZ-IHRRRGAJSA-N Asn-Tyr-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O QIRJQYQOIKBPBZ-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GHODABZPVZMWCE-FXQIFTODSA-N Asp-Glu-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O GHODABZPVZMWCE-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YRZIYQGXTSBRLT-AVGNSLFASA-N Asp-Phe-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O YRZIYQGXTSBRLT-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XXDLUZLKHOVPNW-IHRRRGAJSA-N Cys-Arg-Tyr Chemical compound C1=CC(=CC=C1C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N)O XXDLUZLKHOVPNW-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MGAWEOHYNIMOQJ-ACZMJKKPSA-N Cys-Gln-Asp Chemical compound C(CC(=O)N)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N MGAWEOHYNIMOQJ-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MXZYQNJCBVJHSR-KATARQTJSA-N Cys-Lys-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N)O MXZYQNJCBVJHSR-KATARQTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOKPRHVIFAUJPV-GUBZILKMSA-N Cys-Pro-Arg Chemical compound C1C[C@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O ZOKPRHVIFAUJPV-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCXJJTRGVAZDER-FXQIFTODSA-N Cys-Val-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O FCXJJTRGVAZDER-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SMLDOQHTOAAFJQ-WDSKDSINSA-N Gln-Gly-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O SMLDOQHTOAAFJQ-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XHUCVVHRLNPZSZ-CIUDSAMLSA-N Glu-Gln-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O XHUCVVHRLNPZSZ-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKLRYVLERDYDBI-FXQIFTODSA-N Glu-Glu-Asp Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O NKLRYVLERDYDBI-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BUZMZDDKFCSKOT-CIUDSAMLSA-N Glu-Glu-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O BUZMZDDKFCSKOT-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QJCKNLPMTPXXEM-AUTRQRHGSA-N Glu-Glu-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O QJCKNLPMTPXXEM-AUTRQRHGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OGNJZUXUTPQVBR-BQBZGAKWSA-N Glu-Gly-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O OGNJZUXUTPQVBR-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZYRXTRTUCAVNBQ-GVXVVHGQSA-N Glu-Val-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N ZYRXTRTUCAVNBQ-GVXVVHGQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GGEJHJIXRBTJPD-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Asn-Gly Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O GGEJHJIXRBTJPD-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVWPPCWUDRJGAE-YUMQZZPRSA-N Gly-Asn-Leu Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O JVWPPCWUDRJGAE-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KMSGYZQRXPUKGI-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Gly-Asn Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O KMSGYZQRXPUKGI-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZDNORQNHCJUVOV-KBIXCLLPSA-N Ile-Gln-Ala Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O ZDNORQNHCJUVOV-KBIXCLLPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YWCJXQKATPNPOE-UKJIMTQDSA-N Ile-Val-Glu Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N YWCJXQKATPNPOE-UKJIMTQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000014966 Kimura Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010054278 Lac Repressors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MYGQXVYRZMKRDB-SRVKXCTJSA-N Leu-Asp-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN MYGQXVYRZMKRDB-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FOEHRHOBWFQSNW-KATARQTJSA-N Leu-Cys-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N)O FOEHRHOBWFQSNW-KATARQTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQWSMEOYXJTFRU-GUBZILKMSA-N Leu-Glu-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O WQWSMEOYXJTFRU-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFNLIDNJUWNIJL-WDCWCFNPSA-N Leu-Glu-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O ZFNLIDNJUWNIJL-WDCWCFNPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBNPMTNBFFAMMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leu-Val-Arg Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N FBNPMTNBFFAMMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKVDRTGWLVZJOM-DCAQKATOSA-N Leu-Val-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O VKVDRTGWLVZJOM-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISHNZELVUVPCHY-ZETCQYMHSA-N Lys-Gly-Gly Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O ISHNZELVUVPCHY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OXHSZBRPUGNMKW-DCAQKATOSA-N Met-Gln-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O OXHSZBRPUGNMKW-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- SITLTJHOQZFJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-L-alpha-glutamyl-L-valine Natural products CC(C)C(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O SITLTJHOQZFJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N N-[(1R,2S)-2,6-dimethyindan-1-yl]-6-[(1R)-1-fluoroethyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound C[C@@H](F)C1=NC(N)=NC(N[C@H]2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C[C@@H]2C)=N1 YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710093543 Probable non-specific lipid-transfer protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001045444 Proteus vulgaris Endoribonuclease HigB Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001100822 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Pyocin-S2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001100831 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Pyocin-S1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GHPQVUYZQQGEDA-BIIVOSGPSA-N Ser-Asp-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N)C(=O)O GHPQVUYZQQGEDA-BIIVOSGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NUEHQDHDLDXCRU-GUBZILKMSA-N Ser-Pro-Arg Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O NUEHQDHDLDXCRU-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- NRUPKQSXTJNQGD-XGEHTFHBSA-N Thr-Cys-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O NRUPKQSXTJNQGD-XGEHTFHBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010052568 Urticaria chronic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XEYUMGGWQCIWAR-XVKPBYJWSA-N Val-Gln-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)O)N XEYUMGGWQCIWAR-XVKPBYJWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WFTKOJGOOUJLJV-VKOGCVSHSA-N Val-Trp-Ile Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])C(C)C)=CNC2=C1 WFTKOJGOOUJLJV-VKOGCVSHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N [3-[hydroxy(2-hydroxyethoxy)phosphoryl]oxy-2-[(e)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxypropyl] (e)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010052670 arginyl-glutamyl-glutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010068380 arginylarginine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003200 chromosome mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000024376 chronic urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108060003196 globin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010055341 glutamyl-glutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010049041 glutamylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000011132 hemopoiesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004754 hybrid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010029020 prolylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007894 restriction fragment length polymorphism technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 20-hydroxyecdysone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@]3([C@@H]([C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O)CCC(C)(O)C)CC[C@]33O)C)C3=CC(=O)[C@@H]21 NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVGKRPYUFRZAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3 prime Natural products CC(=O)NC1OC(CC(O)C1C(O)C(O)CO)(OC2C(O)C(CO)OC(OC3C(O)C(O)C(O)OC3CO)C2O)C(=O)O DVGKRPYUFRZAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMIZPWSVYADSCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2-[[4-methyl-2-[[4-methyl-2-(pyrrolidine-2-carbonylamino)pentanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C1CCCN1 IMIZPWSVYADSCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIWWTZWAKYBUOB-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Asp-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O ZIWWTZWAKYBUOB-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIGLXQRFQVWFEY-NRPADANISA-N Ala-Gln-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O YIGLXQRFQVWFEY-NRPADANISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUSPCLTUKXQREV-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ala-Glu-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O FUSPCLTUKXQREV-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTSBJNNXPBBNDT-HGNGGELXSA-N Ala-His-Gln Chemical compound N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)O LTSBJNNXPBBNDT-HGNGGELXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHRAXZAYZFFRAM-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Leu-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O HHRAXZAYZFFRAM-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOGFDULFCFXBHB-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Leu-Cys Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N NOGFDULFCFXBHB-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAXHGSOBFPIRFG-LSJOCFKGSA-N Ala-Pro-His Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(O)=O XAXHGSOBFPIRFG-LSJOCFKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMLHRUJLOUSRJX-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Ser-Lys Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN MMLHRUJLOUSRJX-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQBULXOHAZSTQY-GKCIPKSASA-N Ala-Trp-Phe Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O VQBULXOHAZSTQY-GKCIPKSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJHKTAMKPGFJCT-NRPADANISA-N Ala-Val-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O YJHKTAMKPGFJCT-NRPADANISA-N 0.000 description 1
- REWSWYIDQIELBE-FXQIFTODSA-N Ala-Val-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O REWSWYIDQIELBE-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YFWTXMRJJDNTLM-LSJOCFKGSA-N Arg-Ala-His Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CN=CN1)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N YFWTXMRJJDNTLM-LSJOCFKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTCJMMRQBVDQRK-DCAQKATOSA-N Arg-Asp-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O OTCJMMRQBVDQRK-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKBQZKVMKJJDLX-SRVKXCTJSA-N Arg-Glu-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O NKBQZKVMKJJDLX-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNIGSVZJNVUVJA-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asn Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O PNIGSVZJNVUVJA-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYXCAHZVPFREJD-LURJTMIESA-N Arg-Gly-Gly Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O CYXCAHZVPFREJD-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRZDJJWOFXMFRO-ZFWWWQNUSA-N Arg-Gly-Trp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O VRZDJJWOFXMFRO-ZFWWWQNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMRHDSAOIURTNT-RWMBFGLXSA-N Arg-Leu-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N NMRHDSAOIURTNT-RWMBFGLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYJXHXGPWDTLKW-HJGDQZAQSA-N Arg-Thr-Gln Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N)O LYJXHXGPWDTLKW-HJGDQZAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJBUILVYSXQNSW-YTWAJWBKSA-N Arg-Thr-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N)O ZJBUILVYSXQNSW-YTWAJWBKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Arg-Tyr Natural products NC(CCNC(=N)N)C(=O)NC(Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(=O)O UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTFWCVDISAMGEQ-SRVKXCTJSA-N Asn-Phe-Asn Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)N RTFWCVDISAMGEQ-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPGVTUBABLRGHY-BIIVOSGPSA-N Asp-Ala-Pro Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)O)N XPGVTUBABLRGHY-BIIVOSGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDBKTFJWVEVPO-WHFBIAKZSA-N Asp-Gly-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O SNDBKTFJWVEVPO-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAYPSKIBMDHZPI-CIUDSAMLSA-N Asp-Leu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O PAYPSKIBMDHZPI-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNIACYURSSCLRP-GUBZILKMSA-N Asp-Lys-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O QNIACYURSSCLRP-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITGFVUYOLWBPQW-KKHAAJSZSA-N Asp-Thr-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O ITGFVUYOLWBPQW-KKHAAJSZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003645 Atopy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713826 Avian leukosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710125089 Bindin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091062157 Cis-regulatory element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038385 Coiled-coil domain-containing protein R3HCC1L Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001559589 Cullen Species 0.000 description 1
- UKVGHFORADMBEN-GUBZILKMSA-N Cys-Arg-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O UKVGHFORADMBEN-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMBAVNPKBWHDAW-CIUDSAMLSA-N Cys-Asp-Lys Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N YMBAVNPKBWHDAW-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABLJDBFJPUWQQB-DCAQKATOSA-N Cys-Leu-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N ABLJDBFJPUWQQB-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCFXQBXXDSEHRS-FXQIFTODSA-N Cys-Ser-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O BCFXQBXXDSEHRS-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KARBMKZDLYMMOW-JYBASQMISA-N Cys-Trp-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N)O KARBMKZDLYMMOW-JYBASQMISA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOMGEMDZTNZESV-QWRGUYRKSA-N Cys-Tyr-Gly Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BOMGEMDZTNZESV-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-cystine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CSSC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005054 Deoxyribonuclease BamHI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100096703 Drosophila melanogaster mtSSB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100353161 Drosophila melanogaster prel gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713813 Gibbon ape leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- REJJNXODKSHOKA-ACZMJKKPSA-N Gln-Ala-Asp Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N REJJNXODKSHOKA-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNQHEEQNPQYPGL-FXQIFTODSA-N Gln-Ala-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O NNQHEEQNPQYPGL-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLOXULLYFRGYKZ-GUBZILKMSA-N Gln-Glu-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O BLOXULLYFRGYKZ-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CLPQUWHBWXFJOX-BQBZGAKWSA-N Gln-Gly-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O CLPQUWHBWXFJOX-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFVXLVGUJBCKRX-UKJIMTQDSA-N Gln-Ile-Val Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N FFVXLVGUJBCKRX-UKJIMTQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBKUIQNCRIYVGH-SDDRHHMPSA-N Gln-Leu-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N ZBKUIQNCRIYVGH-SDDRHHMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGMQXTXGLDNBSS-FXQIFTODSA-N Glu-Ala-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O OGMQXTXGLDNBSS-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKLNMGJYMNPBCP-ACZMJKKPSA-N Glu-Asn-Asp Chemical compound C(CC(=O)O)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N YKLNMGJYMNPBCP-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXCDTYBVGMPIOA-FXQIFTODSA-N Glu-Asp-Glu Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O XXCDTYBVGMPIOA-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYPKJXSMLMREKF-BPUTZDHNSA-N Glu-Glu-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N QYPKJXSMLMREKF-BPUTZDHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMZHHILWZBFPGL-LOKLDPHHSA-N Glu-Thr-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N)O UMZHHILWZBFPGL-LOKLDPHHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXJYXYDREQWUMS-XKBZYTNZSA-N Glu-Thr-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O MXJYXYDREQWUMS-XKBZYTNZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBRBACJPBZNFMF-YUMQZZPRSA-N Gly-Ala-Lys Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN JBRBACJPBZNFMF-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQVNVZUEPUIAFA-WDSKDSINSA-N Gly-Cys-Gln Chemical compound C(CC(=O)N)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CN MQVNVZUEPUIAFA-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMQFHZWESBGPFC-WDSKDSINSA-N Gly-Gln-Asp Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O JMQFHZWESBGPFC-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PABFFPWEJMEVEC-JGVFFNPUSA-N Gly-Gln-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)CN)C(=O)O PABFFPWEJMEVEC-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQRHFUYMGCHHJS-LURJTMIESA-N Gly-Gly-Arg Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N HQRHFUYMGCHHJS-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHPQOIPBLYJNAW-NGZCFLSTSA-N Gly-Ile-Pro Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)CN BHPQOIPBLYJNAW-NGZCFLSTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SOEGEPHNZOISMT-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Ser-Gly Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(O)=O SOEGEPHNZOISMT-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYGYNWYVKXENNE-OALUTQOASA-N Gly-Tyr-Trp Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O JYGYNWYVKXENNE-OALUTQOASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010078321 Guanylate Cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014469 Guanylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WGVPDSNCHDEDBP-KKUMJFAQSA-N His-Asp-Phe Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O WGVPDSNCHDEDBP-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWXBCJKQRQFVOO-DCAQKATOSA-N His-Cys-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CN=CN1)N MWXBCJKQRQFVOO-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FONIDUOGWNWEAX-XIRDDKMYSA-N His-Trp-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O FONIDUOGWNWEAX-XIRDDKMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000743767 Homo sapiens Coiled-coil domain-containing protein R3HCC1L Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OONBGFHNQVSUBF-KBIXCLLPSA-N Ile-Gln-Cys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O OONBGFHNQVSUBF-KBIXCLLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXIGYKICRDFISM-DJFWLOJKSA-N Ile-His-Asn Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CN=CN1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N ZXIGYKICRDFISM-DJFWLOJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQXADIGYEYBJEI-DJFWLOJKSA-N Ile-His-Asp Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CN=CN1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N UQXADIGYEYBJEI-DJFWLOJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUPHVQCDULLACF-NAKRPEOUSA-N Ile-Met-Cys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N VUPHVQCDULLACF-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JODPUDMBQBIWCK-GHCJXIJMSA-N Ile-Ser-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O JODPUDMBQBIWCK-GHCJXIJMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBKKLDBBPFIXBQ-MBLNEYKQSA-N Ile-Thr-Gly Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)O)N YBKKLDBBPFIXBQ-MBLNEYKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUEHSWNAFIEBCQ-NAKRPEOUSA-N Ile-Val-Cys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N NUEHSWNAFIEBCQ-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LZDNBBYBDGBADK-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-valyl-L-tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(NC(=O)C(N)C(C)C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 LZDNBBYBDGBADK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000880493 Leptailurus serval Species 0.000 description 1
- KSZCCRIGNVSHFH-UWVGGRQHSA-N Leu-Arg-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O KSZCCRIGNVSHFH-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCOCBWDBHCUPQP-DCAQKATOSA-N Leu-Arg-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O UCOCBWDBHCUPQP-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVMPDMIKUVNOBD-CIUDSAMLSA-N Leu-Asp-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O PVMPDMIKUVNOBD-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIVKXGPFXDIQBV-WDCWCFNPSA-N Leu-Gln-Thr Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O CIVKXGPFXDIQBV-WDCWCFNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVKSMSDXKMSIRX-GUBZILKMSA-N Leu-Glu-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O YVKSMSDXKMSIRX-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIYMBBHGYNQFOP-IUCAKERBSA-N Leu-Gly-Gln Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N FIYMBBHGYNQFOP-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYMLKESRWLZDBR-WEDXCCLWSA-N Leu-Gly-Thr Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O HYMLKESRWLZDBR-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSFVADKICPDRRF-KKUMJFAQSA-N Leu-His-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C([O-])=O)CC1=CN=CN1 CSFVADKICPDRRF-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOKVEHGYYQEQOP-QWRGUYRKSA-N Leu-Leu-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O YOKVEHGYYQEQOP-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INCJJHQRZGQLFC-KBPBESRZSA-N Leu-Phe-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NCC(O)=O INCJJHQRZGQLFC-KBPBESRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXXXOVFBXRERQL-ULQDDVLXSA-N Leu-Pro-Phe Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XXXXOVFBXRERQL-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBNPMTNBFFAMMH-AVGNSLFASA-N Leu-Val-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N FBNPMTNBFFAMMH-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WALVCOOOKULCQM-ULQDDVLXSA-N Lys-Arg-Phe Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O WALVCOOOKULCQM-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FACUGMGEFUEBTI-SRVKXCTJSA-N Lys-Asn-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN FACUGMGEFUEBTI-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAORVPFVUIHEAB-YUMQZZPRSA-N Lys-Asp-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O AAORVPFVUIHEAB-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCJCEMKOZOYBEF-OEAJRASXSA-N Lys-Thr-Phe Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O YCJCEMKOZOYBEF-OEAJRASXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKXQOBUBZSOWDY-AVGNSLFASA-N Lys-Val-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)N IKXQOBUBZSOWDY-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710141347 Major envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GTRWUQSSISWRTL-NAKRPEOUSA-N Met-Cys-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)N GTRWUQSSISWRTL-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPAHWYRSHCKICP-GUBZILKMSA-N Met-Glu-Glu Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O GPAHWYRSHCKICP-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSJIGJRZYUADSS-IHRRRGAJSA-N Met-Lys-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O HSJIGJRZYUADSS-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVTOTTGZBWXLFU-QXEWZRGKSA-N Met-Val-Asp Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O OVTOTTGZBWXLFU-QXEWZRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100278853 Mus musculus Dhfr gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000713883 Myeloproliferative sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- PYUSHNKNPOHWEZ-YFKPBYRVSA-N N-formyl-L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC=O PYUSHNKNPOHWEZ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJHCSUXXECOXOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-glycyl-L-tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(NC(=O)CN)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 AJHCSUXXECOXOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010066427 N-valyltryptophan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006051 NK cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- BQVUABVGYYSDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nalpha-L-Leucyl-L-tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(NC(=O)C(N)CC(C)C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 BQVUABVGYYSDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NOFBJKKOPKJDCO-KKXDTOCCSA-N Phe-Ala-Tyr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(O)=O NOFBJKKOPKJDCO-KKXDTOCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIEPQOIQHFKQLK-PCBIJLKTSA-N Phe-Asn-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O KIEPQOIQHFKQLK-PCBIJLKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWAYOWOUGVZXOB-BZSNNMDCSA-N Phe-Asn-Phe Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 AWAYOWOUGVZXOB-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNURHHFOINNTPL-IHPCNDPISA-N Phe-Cys-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC2=CNC3=CC=CC=C32)C(=O)O)N HNURHHFOINNTPL-IHPCNDPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLUMIJXNHJVUCO-JBACZVJFSA-N Phe-Gln-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RLUMIJXNHJVUCO-JBACZVJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGZYXNFHYRFNNS-MXAVVETBSA-N Phe-Ile-Cys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)N RGZYXNFHYRFNNS-MXAVVETBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTILBRIUASDGBL-BZSNNMDCSA-N Phe-Leu-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YTILBRIUASDGBL-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQPWNHXERZCIHP-PMVMPFDFSA-N Phe-Leu-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HQPWNHXERZCIHP-PMVMPFDFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBXAOEBRGLCLIW-AVGNSLFASA-N Phe-Ser-Gln Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N HBXAOEBRGLCLIW-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- DXWNFNOPBYAFRM-IHRRRGAJSA-N Phe-Val-Cys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)N DXWNFNOPBYAFRM-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150059178 Plec gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- JMVQDLDPDBXAAX-YUMQZZPRSA-N Pro-Gly-Gln Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 JMVQDLDPDBXAAX-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPBQDHMASPJHGY-JYJNAYRXSA-N Pro-Trp-Ser Chemical compound C1C[C@H](NC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC2=CNC3=CC=CC=C32)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O VPBQDHMASPJHGY-JYJNAYRXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014450 RNA Polymerase III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078067 RNA Polymerase III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020005091 Replication Origin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100379247 Salmo trutta apoa1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091058545 Secretory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040739 Secretory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HZWAHWQZPSXNCB-BPUTZDHNSA-N Ser-Arg-Trp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O HZWAHWQZPSXNCB-BPUTZDHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGJRQLURDVGULT-LKXGYXEUSA-N Ser-Asn-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O UGJRQLURDVGULT-LKXGYXEUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ser-Glu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEGUWTFAQQWVLC-BQBZGAKWSA-N Ser-Gly-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O AEGUWTFAQQWVLC-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBUKGEFVZJMSIS-XIRDDKMYSA-N Ser-His-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3=CN=CN3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N NBUKGEFVZJMSIS-XIRDDKMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIPXCLNLUUAMJU-JBDRJPRFSA-N Ser-Ile-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O UIPXCLNLUUAMJU-JBDRJPRFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVMUJUPXFQFBBZ-GUBZILKMSA-N Ser-Lys-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O GVMUJUPXFQFBBZ-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZPDGESCTGGNAD-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Ser-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO OZPDGESCTGGNAD-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGUWRQWULDWNCM-FXQIFTODSA-N Ser-Val-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O JGUWRQWULDWNCM-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000713896 Spleen necrosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000256248 Spodoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- TWLMXDWFVNEFFK-FJXKBIBVSA-N Thr-Arg-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O TWLMXDWFVNEFFK-FJXKBIBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEDIEMIJYSRUBB-FOHZUACHSA-N Thr-Asp-Gly Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O JEDIEMIJYSRUBB-FOHZUACHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWQBJOUOSNJDRR-XAVMHZPKSA-N Thr-Cys-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)N)O KWQBJOUOSNJDRR-XAVMHZPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJBFAHKSFNNHAI-XKBZYTNZSA-N Thr-Gln-Cys Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N)O RJBFAHKSFNNHAI-XKBZYTNZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCXVJIQMWSGRHY-KXNHARMFSA-N Thr-Leu-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)N)O NCXVJIQMWSGRHY-KXNHARMFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVVOFCVMHAXGLE-LFSVMHDDSA-N Thr-Phe-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O WVVOFCVMHAXGLE-LFSVMHDDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZRUWPIYECBYRK-HTUGSXCWSA-N Thr-Phe-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O NZRUWPIYECBYRK-HTUGSXCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNCUODYZAMHLCV-XGEHTFHBSA-N Thr-Pro-Cys Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N)O DNCUODYZAMHLCV-XGEHTFHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEGCBBCMYWNJNA-RHYQMDGZSA-N Thr-Pro-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)O DEGCBBCMYWNJNA-RHYQMDGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFRIEEKFXOVPIR-RHYQMDGZSA-N Thr-Pro-Lys Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O GFRIEEKFXOVPIR-RHYQMDGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BKIOKSLLAAZYTC-KKHAAJSZSA-N Thr-Val-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O BKIOKSLLAAZYTC-KKHAAJSZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNYNCKZAEIAONY-XGEHTFHBSA-N Thr-Val-Ser Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O MNYNCKZAEIAONY-XGEHTFHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QNMIVTOQXUSGLN-SZMVWBNQSA-N Trp-Arg-Arg Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QNMIVTOQXUSGLN-SZMVWBNQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIMOCKLJBXHFIN-YLVFBTJISA-N Trp-Ile-Gly Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 KIMOCKLJBXHFIN-YLVFBTJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZHZLQVLQBDBQCQ-WDSOQIARSA-N Trp-Lys-Arg Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)N ZHZLQVLQBDBQCQ-WDSOQIARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWPJLBWYRTVYQS-PMVMPFDFSA-N Trp-Phe-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O PWPJLBWYRTVYQS-PMVMPFDFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEGYPBOPIGNZIF-CWRNSKLLSA-N Trp-Ser-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC2=CNC3=CC=CC=C32)N)C(=O)O GEGYPBOPIGNZIF-CWRNSKLLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDGFPPHLXCEQRN-STECZYCISA-N Tyr-Arg-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O KDGFPPHLXCEQRN-STECZYCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHCSOLAHNLOXJR-BZSNNMDCSA-N Tyr-Leu-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O KHCSOLAHNLOXJR-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDKZJGMPZHPAJC-ULQDDVLXSA-N Tyr-Leu-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CDKZJGMPZHPAJC-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYVAAYAOTVJBSS-GMVOTWDCSA-N Tyr-Trp-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O ZYVAAYAOTVJBSS-GMVOTWDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKRHKDCELJLTMD-BVSLBCMMSA-N Tyr-Trp-Arg Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3=CC=C(C=C3)O)N AKRHKDCELJLTMD-BVSLBCMMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRCBQDPRKMYTMB-IHPCNDPISA-N Tyr-Trp-Ser Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3=CC=C(C=C3)O)N QRCBQDPRKMYTMB-IHPCNDPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMRFIKXKOFNMHW-GUBZILKMSA-N Val-Arg-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O)N VMRFIKXKOFNMHW-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXAZTLJYINLMJL-LAEOZQHASA-N Val-Asn-Gln Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N GXAZTLJYINLMJL-LAEOZQHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHDXUYOYTPWCSK-RCOVLWMOSA-N Val-Asp-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)O)N QHDXUYOYTPWCSK-RCOVLWMOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIZMLPKDJAXDRG-FXQIFTODSA-N Val-Cys-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O)N HIZMLPKDJAXDRG-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXYPHBKIZLAQTL-QXEWZRGKSA-N Val-Pro-Asp Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N ZXYPHBKIZLAQTL-QXEWZRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEGUERSKQBRZMZ-FXQIFTODSA-N Val-Ser-Ala Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O DEGUERSKQBRZMZ-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGQUDQYHWICSAB-NAKRPEOUSA-N Val-Ser-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N PGQUDQYHWICSAB-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010044940 alanylglutamine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- -1 aliphatic amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010516 arginylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010069205 aspartyl-phenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010092854 aspartyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000424 bronchial epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 101150055766 cat gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M cobalt(2+);[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-(5,6-dimethylbenzimidazol-1-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] [(2r)-1-[3-[(1r,2r,3r,4z,7s,9z,12s,13s,14z,17s,18s,19r)-2,13,18-tris(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-7,12,17-tris(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-3,5,8,8,13,15,18,19-octamethyl-2 Chemical compound [Co+2].N#[C-].[N-]([C@@H]1[C@H](CC(N)=O)[C@@]2(C)CCC(=O)NC[C@@H](C)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3CO)N3C4=CC(C)=C(C)C=C4N=C3)O)\C2=C(C)/C([C@H](C\2(C)C)CCC(N)=O)=N/C/2=C\C([C@H]([C@@]/2(CC(N)=O)C)CCC(N)=O)=N\C\2=C(C)/C2=N[C@]1(C)[C@@](C)(CC(N)=O)[C@@H]2CCC(N)=O AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011243 crosslinked material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000287 crude extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010009297 diglycyl-histidine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N dihydrofolic acid Chemical compound N=1C=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2NCC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006251 gamma-carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010063718 gamma-glutamylaspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000018146 globin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010080575 glutamyl-aspartyl-alanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010079547 glutamylmethionine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-DL-alpha-alanine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)CN VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-L-tyrosine hemihydrate Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010027668 glycyl-alanyl-valine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010019832 glycyl-asparaginyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062266 glycyl-glycyl-argininal Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010096 glycyl-glycyl-tyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010147 glycylglutamine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010050848 glycylleucine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010084389 glycyltryptophan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010087823 glycyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006451 grace's insect medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011544 gradient gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 244000000013 helminth Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010249 in-situ analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150109249 lacI gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010057821 leucylproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010009298 lysylglutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054155 lysyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000031864 metaphase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010073101 phenylalanylleucine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013823 prenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010066381 preproinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700042769 prolyl-leucyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010070643 prolylglutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003935 rough endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010048818 seryl-histidine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010026333 seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007390 skin biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011277 treatment modality Methods 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 210000002993 trophoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010003137 tyrosyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IBIDRSSEHFLGSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N valinyl-arginine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N IBIDRSSEHFLGSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010073969 valyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to NKAF II polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides, methods for producing the polypeptides, in particular by expressing the polynucleotides, and agonists and antagonists of the polypeptides. The invention further relates to methods for utilizing such polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and antagonists for applications, which relate, in part, to research, diagnostic and clinical arts.
Description
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28
2 PCT/US97/05570 HUMAN NATURAL }~ .F.R CELL ACTIVATING FACTOR II
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
0 This invention relates. in part. to newly identified polynucleotides and polypeptides;
variants and derivatives of the polynucleotides and polypeptides; processes for making the polynucleotides and the polypeptides. and their variants and derivatives: a_onists and antagonists of the polypeptides: and uses of the polynucleotides, polypeptides. variants.
derivatives, agonists and antagonists. In particular. in these and in other re,~ards. the invention relates to polvnucleotides and polypeptides of human Natural Killer Cell Activating Factor II, sometimeshereinafterreferredto as "NKAF II".
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The polypeptide of the present invention is a member of the natural killer cell activating factor (NKAF) family and shows homology to NKAF and human eosinophil major basicprotein. Natural killer cells (NK cells) show a destructive effect on specific cancer cells.
Lymphokines affecting the activity of these NK cells have therefore attracted attention. It is reported that interleukin-2 and interferon enh~nl~e the activity of NK cells (Herberman. R.B.. et al., Immunol. Rev.. 44:13 (1979); Vose. B.M., et al., J. Immunol 130:768 (1983) and Domzig, W.etal.,J.Immunol., 130:1970(1983)).
NK cells are proposed to function as natural surveillance to deter cancer development in the body (Whiteside. T. and Herberman. R.B.~ Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol 58:1-23 (1989) and Trinchierh G.. Adv. Immunol.. 47:187-376 (1989)). NK cells are also important in controlling viral infection and the regulation of hematopoiesis (Trichieri. G., Adv. Immunol..
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
0 This invention relates. in part. to newly identified polynucleotides and polypeptides;
variants and derivatives of the polynucleotides and polypeptides; processes for making the polynucleotides and the polypeptides. and their variants and derivatives: a_onists and antagonists of the polypeptides: and uses of the polynucleotides, polypeptides. variants.
derivatives, agonists and antagonists. In particular. in these and in other re,~ards. the invention relates to polvnucleotides and polypeptides of human Natural Killer Cell Activating Factor II, sometimeshereinafterreferredto as "NKAF II".
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The polypeptide of the present invention is a member of the natural killer cell activating factor (NKAF) family and shows homology to NKAF and human eosinophil major basicprotein. Natural killer cells (NK cells) show a destructive effect on specific cancer cells.
Lymphokines affecting the activity of these NK cells have therefore attracted attention. It is reported that interleukin-2 and interferon enh~nl~e the activity of NK cells (Herberman. R.B.. et al., Immunol. Rev.. 44:13 (1979); Vose. B.M., et al., J. Immunol 130:768 (1983) and Domzig, W.etal.,J.Immunol., 130:1970(1983)).
NK cells are proposed to function as natural surveillance to deter cancer development in the body (Whiteside. T. and Herberman. R.B.~ Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol 58:1-23 (1989) and Trinchierh G.. Adv. Immunol.. 47:187-376 (1989)). NK cells are also important in controlling viral infection and the regulation of hematopoiesis (Trichieri. G., Adv. Immunol..
3 o 47: 187-376 (1989): Kiessling. R.. et al.. ~ur. J. Immunol.. 7:655-663 (1977)).
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCT/US97/05570 The following facts indicate that NK cells play important roles in the host defense against cancer. Namely, a nude mouse lacking T cells bv having a high NK activity does not always suffer from spontaneous or chemically induced carcinogenesis at a high frequency (Rygaard.J. et al.. Immunol. Rev.. ~8:43 (1975); Stutman~ D.. et al.~ Science. 183:i34 (1974));
5 and the metastasis of transplanted cancer cells is promoted in a beige mouse having T cells but a geneticall- Iow NK activitv (Shimamura~ K. and Tamaokh K.~ Jikken l~aku. ~:398 (1984);
James E. Talmadge~ et al.~ Nature~ 284:622 (1980)) and a mouse having an artificially lowered NK activitv (Shimamura~ supra).
Human eosinophil major basic protein (MBP) has a nearly identical sequence to that of o known natural killer cell activating factor I. Hurnan MBP is one of the principal mediators of injury to parasites in tissues in allergic infl~mm~tion. MBP is stored in eosinophil crystalloid _ranules and released with other granule constituents during eosinophil activation. MBP has no recognized enzymatic activity but it is toxic for some helminths (Ackerman~ S.J. et al., Am. J.
Trop. Med. Hv~..34:735-745 (1985)) and m~mm~ n cells (Barker~ R.L. et al., J. Clin. Invest., 88:798-805 (1991)) in vitro. MBP is expressedprincipallyin bone-marroweosinophils,but it is also synthesized in basophils and placental trophoblast x-cells (Wasmoen. T.L. et al., J. Ex~.
Med.~ 170:2051-2063(1989)).
MBP stimulates the effector function of a wide variety of cells, namely MBP stimulates 2 o the noncytolytic release of hist~mine from human basophils and rat mass cells (O'Donnell, M.A.
etal., J. Exp. Med.. 157:1981 (1983)). MBPalsostimulatesneutrophilstoreleasesuperoxide and ion and Iysozvme~ but not beta-~lucuronidase or lactic dehydrogenase~ and MBP ~nh~n~es the expression of CR3 and P 150. 95 by neutrophils. This indicates that MBP activates other cells associated with infl~mm~tion~ such as basophils~ platelets and neutrophils. The effector 2 5 mech~nisms may play a role in pathophysiology of various ~ e~es where granule proteins are released. For example~ MBP has been thought a cause for increased airway responsiveness. for exarnple. bronchial asthma.
The effects of the natural killer cell activating factors are varied and influence numerous functions. both normal and abnormal. in the biological processes of the m~mm~ n system.
3 o There is a clear need, therefore. for identificationand characterizationof proteins that influence biological activity. both normally and in diseased states. In particula}. there is a need to isolate CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 and characterize additional natural killer cell activaling factors akin to known natural killer cell activating factors which may be employed. therefore. for preventing, ameliorating or correcting disfunctions or disease or augmenting positive natural actions of such receptors.
s SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Toward these ends, and others. it is an object of the present invention to provide polypeptides. inrer alia, that have been identified as novel NKAF II by homology between the amino acid sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO: l and 2) and known amino acid sequences of other proteins such as human eosinophil granule major basic protein.
0 It is a further object of the invention. moreover. to provide polynucleotides that encode NKAF II. particularly polynucleotidesthat encode the polypeptide herein designated NKAF II.
In a particularly preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention the polynucleotide comprises the region encoding human NKAF Il in the sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID
NO:2).
In accordance with this aspect of the present invention there is provided an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a mature polypeptide expressed by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465.
In accordance with this aspect of the invention there are provided isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding human NKAF II. including mRNAs, cDNAs, genomic DNAs and, in 2 C funt'her embodiments of this aspect of the invention. biologically, diagnostically, clinically or therapeuticallv useful variants~ analogs or derivatives thereof. or fragments thereo~; including fragm~ntc of the variants. analogs and derivatives.
Arnong the particularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are naturallv occurring allelic variants of human NKAF II.
2 5 It also is an object of the invention to provide NKAF II polypeptides. particularly hurnan NKAF II polypeptides. that inhibit the growth of leukemia cells. to treat viral infection. to augment the effects of natural killer protein to treat neoplasias such as tumors and cancers, to prevent infl~mm~tion to treat parasitic infection. to regulate hematopoiesis. to prevent damage from superoxide radicals in the body, for example. tissue injury and aging and to ~nh~nre an 3 o immunological response.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97/37022 Pcr~uS97/05570 In accordance with this aspect of the invenlion there are provided novel polvpeptides of human origin referred to herein as NKAF II as well as biologically. diagnostically or therapeuticallyusefi~l fragments~ variants and derivatives thereof. variants and derivatives of the fr~gment~ and analogs of the foregoing.
Among the parnicularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention arevariants of human NKAF II encoded bv naturally occurring alleles of the human NKAF II gene.
It is another object of the invention to provide a process for producing the aforementioned polypeptides. polypeptide fragments~ variants and derivatives, fragments of the variants and derivatives~ and analogs of the foregoing. In a ~ler~ d embodiment of this 0 aspect of the invention there are provided methods for producing the aforementioned NKAF II
polypeptides comprising culturing host cells havin_ expressibly incorporated therein an e~ogenously-derivedhuman NKAF II-encoding polynucleotide under conditions for ~y~ession of human NKAF II in the host and then recovering the expressed polypeptide.
In accordance with another object the invention there are provided products~
compositions, processes and methods that utilize the aforementioned polypeptides and polynucleotides for research. biologicah clinical and therapeutic purposes. inter alia.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention, there are provided products, compositions and methods~ inter alia. for. among other things: ~csec~inE
NKAF II expression in cells by determining NKAF II polypeptides or NKAF II-encoding mRNA: assaying genetic variation and aberrations~ such as defects~ in NKAF II genes; and a-lmini~tering a NKAF II polypeptide or polynucleotide to an organism to augment NKAF II
function or remediate NKAF II dysfunction.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this and other aspects of the invention there are provided probes that hybridize to human NKAF II sequences.
In cenain additional preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention there are provided antibodies against NKAF II polypeptides. In certain particularly preferred embodiments in this regard. the antibodies are highly selective for human NKAF II. In accordance with another aspect of the present invention. there are provided NKAF II agonists.
Among ylel~,.cd agonists are molecules that mimic NKAF II, that bind to NKAF II-binding 3 o molecules or receptor molecules. and that elicit or auPment NKAF II-in~llcecl responses. Also among preferred agonists are molecules that interact with NKAF Il or NKAF II polypeptides. or
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCT/US97/05570 The following facts indicate that NK cells play important roles in the host defense against cancer. Namely, a nude mouse lacking T cells bv having a high NK activity does not always suffer from spontaneous or chemically induced carcinogenesis at a high frequency (Rygaard.J. et al.. Immunol. Rev.. ~8:43 (1975); Stutman~ D.. et al.~ Science. 183:i34 (1974));
5 and the metastasis of transplanted cancer cells is promoted in a beige mouse having T cells but a geneticall- Iow NK activitv (Shimamura~ K. and Tamaokh K.~ Jikken l~aku. ~:398 (1984);
James E. Talmadge~ et al.~ Nature~ 284:622 (1980)) and a mouse having an artificially lowered NK activitv (Shimamura~ supra).
Human eosinophil major basic protein (MBP) has a nearly identical sequence to that of o known natural killer cell activating factor I. Hurnan MBP is one of the principal mediators of injury to parasites in tissues in allergic infl~mm~tion. MBP is stored in eosinophil crystalloid _ranules and released with other granule constituents during eosinophil activation. MBP has no recognized enzymatic activity but it is toxic for some helminths (Ackerman~ S.J. et al., Am. J.
Trop. Med. Hv~..34:735-745 (1985)) and m~mm~ n cells (Barker~ R.L. et al., J. Clin. Invest., 88:798-805 (1991)) in vitro. MBP is expressedprincipallyin bone-marroweosinophils,but it is also synthesized in basophils and placental trophoblast x-cells (Wasmoen. T.L. et al., J. Ex~.
Med.~ 170:2051-2063(1989)).
MBP stimulates the effector function of a wide variety of cells, namely MBP stimulates 2 o the noncytolytic release of hist~mine from human basophils and rat mass cells (O'Donnell, M.A.
etal., J. Exp. Med.. 157:1981 (1983)). MBPalsostimulatesneutrophilstoreleasesuperoxide and ion and Iysozvme~ but not beta-~lucuronidase or lactic dehydrogenase~ and MBP ~nh~n~es the expression of CR3 and P 150. 95 by neutrophils. This indicates that MBP activates other cells associated with infl~mm~tion~ such as basophils~ platelets and neutrophils. The effector 2 5 mech~nisms may play a role in pathophysiology of various ~ e~es where granule proteins are released. For example~ MBP has been thought a cause for increased airway responsiveness. for exarnple. bronchial asthma.
The effects of the natural killer cell activating factors are varied and influence numerous functions. both normal and abnormal. in the biological processes of the m~mm~ n system.
3 o There is a clear need, therefore. for identificationand characterizationof proteins that influence biological activity. both normally and in diseased states. In particula}. there is a need to isolate CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 and characterize additional natural killer cell activaling factors akin to known natural killer cell activating factors which may be employed. therefore. for preventing, ameliorating or correcting disfunctions or disease or augmenting positive natural actions of such receptors.
s SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Toward these ends, and others. it is an object of the present invention to provide polypeptides. inrer alia, that have been identified as novel NKAF II by homology between the amino acid sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO: l and 2) and known amino acid sequences of other proteins such as human eosinophil granule major basic protein.
0 It is a further object of the invention. moreover. to provide polynucleotides that encode NKAF II. particularly polynucleotidesthat encode the polypeptide herein designated NKAF II.
In a particularly preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention the polynucleotide comprises the region encoding human NKAF Il in the sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID
NO:2).
In accordance with this aspect of the present invention there is provided an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a mature polypeptide expressed by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465.
In accordance with this aspect of the invention there are provided isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding human NKAF II. including mRNAs, cDNAs, genomic DNAs and, in 2 C funt'her embodiments of this aspect of the invention. biologically, diagnostically, clinically or therapeuticallv useful variants~ analogs or derivatives thereof. or fragments thereo~; including fragm~ntc of the variants. analogs and derivatives.
Arnong the particularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are naturallv occurring allelic variants of human NKAF II.
2 5 It also is an object of the invention to provide NKAF II polypeptides. particularly hurnan NKAF II polypeptides. that inhibit the growth of leukemia cells. to treat viral infection. to augment the effects of natural killer protein to treat neoplasias such as tumors and cancers, to prevent infl~mm~tion to treat parasitic infection. to regulate hematopoiesis. to prevent damage from superoxide radicals in the body, for example. tissue injury and aging and to ~nh~nre an 3 o immunological response.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97/37022 Pcr~uS97/05570 In accordance with this aspect of the invenlion there are provided novel polvpeptides of human origin referred to herein as NKAF II as well as biologically. diagnostically or therapeuticallyusefi~l fragments~ variants and derivatives thereof. variants and derivatives of the fr~gment~ and analogs of the foregoing.
Among the parnicularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention arevariants of human NKAF II encoded bv naturally occurring alleles of the human NKAF II gene.
It is another object of the invention to provide a process for producing the aforementioned polypeptides. polypeptide fragments~ variants and derivatives, fragments of the variants and derivatives~ and analogs of the foregoing. In a ~ler~ d embodiment of this 0 aspect of the invention there are provided methods for producing the aforementioned NKAF II
polypeptides comprising culturing host cells havin_ expressibly incorporated therein an e~ogenously-derivedhuman NKAF II-encoding polynucleotide under conditions for ~y~ession of human NKAF II in the host and then recovering the expressed polypeptide.
In accordance with another object the invention there are provided products~
compositions, processes and methods that utilize the aforementioned polypeptides and polynucleotides for research. biologicah clinical and therapeutic purposes. inter alia.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention, there are provided products, compositions and methods~ inter alia. for. among other things: ~csec~inE
NKAF II expression in cells by determining NKAF II polypeptides or NKAF II-encoding mRNA: assaying genetic variation and aberrations~ such as defects~ in NKAF II genes; and a-lmini~tering a NKAF II polypeptide or polynucleotide to an organism to augment NKAF II
function or remediate NKAF II dysfunction.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this and other aspects of the invention there are provided probes that hybridize to human NKAF II sequences.
In cenain additional preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention there are provided antibodies against NKAF II polypeptides. In certain particularly preferred embodiments in this regard. the antibodies are highly selective for human NKAF II. In accordance with another aspect of the present invention. there are provided NKAF II agonists.
Among ylel~,.cd agonists are molecules that mimic NKAF II, that bind to NKAF II-binding 3 o molecules or receptor molecules. and that elicit or auPment NKAF II-in~llcecl responses. Also among preferred agonists are molecules that interact with NKAF Il or NKAF II polypeptides. or
-4 -CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 with other modulators of NKAF II activilies. and thereby potenliate or augment an effect of NKAF II or more than one effect of NKAF II.
In accordance with yet another aspect of the present invention. there are provided NKAF
II antagonists. Among preferred anta_onists are those which mimic NKAF II so as to bind to NKAF II receptor or binding molecules but not elicit a NKAF Il-induced response or more than one NKAF II-ind~red response. Also among preferred antagonists are molecules that bind to or interact with NKAF II so as to inhibit an effect of NKAF II or more than one effect of NKAF II
or which prevent expression of NKAF II.
The agonists and antagonists may be used to mimic, ~lgmçnt or inhibit the action of 0 NKAF II polypeptides. They may be used, for instance. to inhibit the action of such polypeptides. for example. to prevent allergic infl~mm~tion~ hypersensitivity, bronchial asthrna.
eosinophilia. chronic urticaria. atopic dermatitis, Kimura's disease and bone marrow transplant re~ectlon.
In a further aspect of the invention there are provided compositions comprising a NKAF
II polynucleotideor aNKAF II polypeptidefor ~r~minictrationto cells in vitro, to cells ex ~ivo and to cells in vivo? or to a multicellular or~anicm In certain particularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention. the compositions comprise a NKAF IIpolynucleotide for expression of a NKAF II polypeptide in a host organism for tre~tment of disease. Particularly preferred in this regard is ~ylession in a human patient for tre~tm--nt of a 2 0 dysfunction associated with aberrant endogenous activity of NKAF II .
Other objects. features. advantages and aspects of the present invention ~. ill become apparent to those of s~ill from the following description. It should be understood. however, that the following description and the specific examples. while indicating ~lef~ d embo~iimçntc of the invention, are given by way of illustration only. Various changes and modifications within 2 5 the spirit and scope of the disclosed invention will become readily apparent to those skilled in the art from reading the following description and from reading the other parts of the present disclosure.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The following drawings depict certain embodiments of the invention. They are illustrative only and do not limit the invention other-vise disclosed herein.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/~7022 PCT/US97l05~70 Figure 1 shows the nucleotide and deduced amino acid sequence of human NKAF Il.
The determined leader sequence is underlined.
Figure 2 shows the regions of similarity between amino acid sequences of NKAF II and human eosinophil ~ranule major basic protein polypeptides.
Figure 3 shows structural and fi~nctional features of NKAF II ded~lced by the indicated techniques. as a function of amino acid sequence.
GLOSSARY
The following illustrative explanations are provided to facilitate understanding of certain 0 terrns used frequently herein, particularly in the examples. The explanations are provided as a convenience and are not limitative of the invention.
DIGESTION of DNA refers to catalytic cleavage of the DNA with a restriction enzyme that acts only at certain sequences in the DNA. The various restriction enzymes referred to herein are commercially available and their reaction conditions, cofactors and other requirements for use are known and routine to the skilled artisan.
For analytical purposes, typically, 1 mg of plasmid or DNA fragment is digested with about 2 units of enzyme in about 20 ml of reaction buffer. For the purpose of isolating DNA
fragments for plasmid construction, typically 5 to 50 mg of DNA are digested with 20 to 250 units of enzyme in l)lopo,lionatelylargervolumes.
Appropriate buffers and substrate amounts for particular restriction enzymes aredescribed in standard laboratory m~nu~l~. such as those referenced below. and they are specified by commercial suppliers.
Incubation times of about I hour at 37~C are ordinarily used. but conditions may vary in accordance with standard procedures. the supplier's instructions and the particulars of the reaction. After digestion. reactions may be analyzed. and fragments may be purified by electrophoresis through an agarose or polyacrvlamide gel, using well known methods that are routine for those skilled in the art.
GENETIC ELEMENT generally means a polynucleotide comprising a region that encodes a polypeptide or a region that regulates transcription or translation or other processes 3 o important to expression of the polypeptide in a host cell, or a polvnucleotide comprising both a CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 region that encodes a polypep~ide and a region operablv Iinked thereto that regulates expression.
Genetic elements may be comprised within a vector that replicates as an episomalelement: that is. as a molecule physically independent of the host cell genome. They may be
In accordance with yet another aspect of the present invention. there are provided NKAF
II antagonists. Among preferred anta_onists are those which mimic NKAF II so as to bind to NKAF II receptor or binding molecules but not elicit a NKAF Il-induced response or more than one NKAF II-ind~red response. Also among preferred antagonists are molecules that bind to or interact with NKAF II so as to inhibit an effect of NKAF II or more than one effect of NKAF II
or which prevent expression of NKAF II.
The agonists and antagonists may be used to mimic, ~lgmçnt or inhibit the action of 0 NKAF II polypeptides. They may be used, for instance. to inhibit the action of such polypeptides. for example. to prevent allergic infl~mm~tion~ hypersensitivity, bronchial asthrna.
eosinophilia. chronic urticaria. atopic dermatitis, Kimura's disease and bone marrow transplant re~ectlon.
In a further aspect of the invention there are provided compositions comprising a NKAF
II polynucleotideor aNKAF II polypeptidefor ~r~minictrationto cells in vitro, to cells ex ~ivo and to cells in vivo? or to a multicellular or~anicm In certain particularly preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention. the compositions comprise a NKAF IIpolynucleotide for expression of a NKAF II polypeptide in a host organism for tre~tment of disease. Particularly preferred in this regard is ~ylession in a human patient for tre~tm--nt of a 2 0 dysfunction associated with aberrant endogenous activity of NKAF II .
Other objects. features. advantages and aspects of the present invention ~. ill become apparent to those of s~ill from the following description. It should be understood. however, that the following description and the specific examples. while indicating ~lef~ d embo~iimçntc of the invention, are given by way of illustration only. Various changes and modifications within 2 5 the spirit and scope of the disclosed invention will become readily apparent to those skilled in the art from reading the following description and from reading the other parts of the present disclosure.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The following drawings depict certain embodiments of the invention. They are illustrative only and do not limit the invention other-vise disclosed herein.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/~7022 PCT/US97l05~70 Figure 1 shows the nucleotide and deduced amino acid sequence of human NKAF Il.
The determined leader sequence is underlined.
Figure 2 shows the regions of similarity between amino acid sequences of NKAF II and human eosinophil ~ranule major basic protein polypeptides.
Figure 3 shows structural and fi~nctional features of NKAF II ded~lced by the indicated techniques. as a function of amino acid sequence.
GLOSSARY
The following illustrative explanations are provided to facilitate understanding of certain 0 terrns used frequently herein, particularly in the examples. The explanations are provided as a convenience and are not limitative of the invention.
DIGESTION of DNA refers to catalytic cleavage of the DNA with a restriction enzyme that acts only at certain sequences in the DNA. The various restriction enzymes referred to herein are commercially available and their reaction conditions, cofactors and other requirements for use are known and routine to the skilled artisan.
For analytical purposes, typically, 1 mg of plasmid or DNA fragment is digested with about 2 units of enzyme in about 20 ml of reaction buffer. For the purpose of isolating DNA
fragments for plasmid construction, typically 5 to 50 mg of DNA are digested with 20 to 250 units of enzyme in l)lopo,lionatelylargervolumes.
Appropriate buffers and substrate amounts for particular restriction enzymes aredescribed in standard laboratory m~nu~l~. such as those referenced below. and they are specified by commercial suppliers.
Incubation times of about I hour at 37~C are ordinarily used. but conditions may vary in accordance with standard procedures. the supplier's instructions and the particulars of the reaction. After digestion. reactions may be analyzed. and fragments may be purified by electrophoresis through an agarose or polyacrvlamide gel, using well known methods that are routine for those skilled in the art.
GENETIC ELEMENT generally means a polynucleotide comprising a region that encodes a polypeptide or a region that regulates transcription or translation or other processes 3 o important to expression of the polypeptide in a host cell, or a polvnucleotide comprising both a CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 region that encodes a polypep~ide and a region operablv Iinked thereto that regulates expression.
Genetic elements may be comprised within a vector that replicates as an episomalelement: that is. as a molecule physically independent of the host cell genome. They may be
5 comprised within mini-chromosomes. such as those that arise durin_ amplification of transfected DNA by methotrexate selection in eukaryotic cells. Genetic elements also may be comprised within a host cell genome: not in their natural state but. rather. following manipulation such as isolation. cloning and introduction into a host cell in the form of purified DNA or in a vector. among others.
0 ISOLATED means altered "by the hand of man" from its natural state; i.e.. that~ if it occurs in nature. it has been changed or removed from its original environment. or both.
For example. a naturally occurring polynucleotide or a polypeptide naturally present in a living animal in its natural state is not "isolated," but the same polynucleotide or polypeptide separated from the coexisting materials of its natural state is "isolated", as the term is employed 5 herein. For exarnple. with respect to polynucleotides. the term isolated means that it is separated from the chromosome and cell in which it naturally occurs.
As part of or following isolation, such polynucleotides can be joined to other polynucleotides, such as DNAs. for mutagenesis, to form fusion proteins, and for propagation or c~yl~s~ion in a host~ for in~t~nre The isolated polynucleotides. alone or joined to other 20 polynucleotides such as vectors. can be introduced into host cells. in culture or in whole org~nicm~. Introduced into host cells in culture or in whole orP;~nismc. such DNAs still would be isolated, as the term is used herein. because they would not be in their naturally occurring form or environrnent. Similarly, the polynucleotides and polypeptides may occur in a composition, such as a media formulations. solutions for introduction of polynucleotides or 25 polypeptides, for example, into cells. compositions or solutions for chemical or enzymatic reactions. for in~t~nre which are not naturally occurring compositions. and. therein remain isolated polynucleotides or polypeptides within the me~nin~ of that term as it is employed herein.
LIGATION refers to the process of forrning phosphodiesterbonds between two or more 3 o polynucleotides. which most often are double stranded DNAs. Techniques for ligation are well known to the art and protocols for ligation are described in standard laboratory m~n~ and CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 references. such as. for instance. Sambrook et al.. MOLECULAR CLONING. A
LABORATORY MANUAL. ~nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Cold Spring Harbor. New York ( 1989) and Maniatis et al., pg. 146. as cited below.
OLIGONUCLEOTIDE(S) refers to relativelv short polvnucleotides. Often the term 5 refers to single-stranded deoxyribonucleotides. but it can refer as well to single-or double-stranded ribonucleotides, RNA:DNA hybrids and double-strandedDNAs, among others.Oligonucleotides. such as single-stranded DNA probe oligonucleotides. often are synthesized by chemical methods. such as those implemented on automated oligonucleotide synthe~i7~rs. However, oligonucleotidescan be made by a variety of other methods, including in vitro recombinant DNA-mediated techniques and by expression of DNAs in cells and org~ni.~m~.
Initially. chemically synthesi7~-1 DNAs typicallv are obtained without a 5' phosphate.
The 5' ends of such oligonucleotides are not substrates for phosphodiester bond forrnation by ligation reactions that employ DNA ligases typically used to form recombinantDNA molecules.
5 Where ligation of such oligonucleotides is desired. a phosphate can be added by standard techni~ues. such as those that employ a kinase and ATP.
The 3' end of a chemically synthesi7~-d oligonucleotide generally has a free hydroxyl group and~ in the presence of a ligase. such as T4 DNA ligase. readily will form a phosphodiester bond with a 5' phosphate of another polynucleotide. such as another 2 o oligonucleotide. As is well known. this reaction can be prevented selectively, where desired. by removingthe ~' phosphatesofthe otherpolynucleotide(s)priorto ligation.
PLASMIDS generally are designated herein by a lower case p preceded and/or followed by capital letters andlor numbers. in accordance ~vith standard naming conventions that are familiar to those of skill in the art.
2 s Starting plasmids disclosed herein are either commercially available. publicly available on an unrestricted basis. or can be constructed from available plasmids by routine application of well known. published procedures. Many plasmids and other cloning and t~ es~ion vectors that can be used in accordance with the present invention are well known and readily available to those of skill in the art. Moreover. those of skill readily may construct any number of other 30 plasmids suitable for use in the invention. The properties. construction and use of such CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97105570 plasmids. as well as other vectors. in the present invention will be readily apparem tO those of skill from the present disclosure.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE(S) generally refers to any poiyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide.which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA.
Thus, for instance. polynucleotides as used herein refers to~ among others. single-and double-stranded DNA. DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions. single- and double-stranded RNA. and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded re_ions. hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or. more typically, double-stranded or a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions. In addition~ polynucleotide as 0 used herein refers to triple-strandedregions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA.
The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The regions may include all of one or more of the molecules. but more typically involve only a region of some of the molecules. One of the molecules of a triple-helical region often is an oligonucleotide.
As used herein. the term polynucleotide includes DNAs or RNAs as described abovethat contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are "polynucleotides" as that term is int~ntle~ herein. Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine. or modified bases. such as tritylated bases, to name just two examples. are polynucleotidesas the term is used herein.2 o It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful purposes known to those of skill in the art. The terrn polynucleotide as it is employed herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of polynucleotides, as well as the chemical forms of DNA and RNA characteristicof viruses and cells, including simple and complex cells. inter aiia.
POLYPEPTIDES. as used herein, includes all polypeptides as described below. The basic structure of polypeptides is well known and has been described in innumerable textbooks and other publications in the art. In this context. the term is used herein to refer to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other in a linear chain by peptide bonds. As used herein, the terrn refers to both short chains. which also comrnonly are referred 3 o to in the art as peptides. oligopeptides and oligomers. for example. and to longer chains. which generally are referred to in the art as proteins. of which there are many types. It will be CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 rCTAUS97/05570 appreciated that polypeptides often contain amino acids other than the 20 amino acids commonly referred to as the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. and that many amino acids, including the terminal amino acids~ may be modified in a given polypeptide. either by natural processes. such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical 5 modification techniques which are well known to the art. Even the common modifications that occur naturally in polypeptides are too numerous to list exhaustively here. but they are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs. as well as in a voluminous research literature. and they are well known to those of skill in the art.
Arnong the known modifications which may be present in polypeptides of the present are. to name an illustrative few, acetylation, acylation. ADP-ribosylation. amidation, covalent chment of flavin. covalent ~tt~ ment of a heme moiety, covalent att~rhment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative. covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative. covalent ~ rhment of phosphotidylinositoL cross-linkinE, cyclization~ disulfide bond formation~ demethylation.
formation of covalent cross-links. formation of cystine, formation of pyroglut~rn~te 5 formylation. gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor forrnation, hydroxylation.
iodination. methylation, myristoylation. oxidation. proteolytic processing, phosphorylation.
prenylation. racemization, selenoylation~ sulfation, transfer-RNA me~ t.-d addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation. and ubiquitination.
Such modifications are well known to those of skill and have been described in great 2 o detail in the scientific literature. Several particularly comrnon modifications, glycosylation.
Iipid ~tt~chm~nt sulfation. garnma-carboxylationof glutarnic acid residues, hydroxylationand ADP-ribosylation. for instance~ are described in most basic te~ts7 such as, for instance PROTEINS - STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES. 2nd Ed., T. E. Creighton.
W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993). Many detailed reviews are available on this 2 5 subject. such as, for example. those provided by Wold, F.. Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects. pgs. 1-12 in POSTTRANSLATIONAL
COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS7 B. C. Johnson. Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); SeiRer et al., Analysis for protein modifications and nonprotein cofactors. Meth.
Enzymol. 182: 626-646 (1990) and Rattan et al.. Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational 3 o Modifications and Aging7 Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663: 48-62 (1992).
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05S70 It will be apprecialed. as is well known and as noted above. that polypeptides are not always entirely linear. For instance. polypeptides may be branched as a result of ubiquitination.
and they may be circular. with or without branching. generally as a result of posttranslation events. including natural processing event and events brought about by human manipulation 5 which do not occur naturally. Circular. branched and branched circular polypeptides may be synth~si7Pd by non-translationnatural process and by entirely synthetic methods. as well.
Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide. including the peptide backbone. the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl terrnini. In fact. blockage of the amino or carboxyl group in a polypeptide~ or both, by a covalent modification, is common in naturally 0 occurring and synthetic polypeptides and such modifications may be present in polypeptides of the present invention. as well. For in~t~nre the amino terminal residue of polypeptides made in E. coli. prior to proteolytic processing~ almost invariably will be N-formylmethionine.
The modifications that occur in a polypeptide often will be a function of how it is made.
For polypeptides made by expressing a cloned gene in a host. for instance. the nature and extent 5 of the modifications in large part will be determined by the host cell posttranslational modification capacity and the modification signals present in the polypeptide amino acid sequence. For instance. as is well known. glycosylation often does not occur in bacterial hosts such as E. coli. Accordingly, when glycosylation is desired, a polypeptide should be ~ c~sed in a glycosylating host. generally a eukaryotic cell. Insect cell often carry out the sarne 2 0 posttranslational glycosylations as m~mm~ n cells and~ for this reason. insect cell expression systems have been developed to express efficiently m~mm~ n proteins having native patterns of glycosylation. inter aiia. Similar considerations apply to other modifications.
lt will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain 2 s many types of modifications.
In general. as used herein. the term polypeptide encompasses all such modifications.
particularly those that are present in polypeptides synthesi7~d by expressing a polynucleotide in a host cell.
VARIANT(S) of polynucleotides or polypeptides, as the terrn is used herein, are 30 polynucleotides or polypeptides that differ from a reference polynucleotide or polypeptide.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 respectively. Variants in this sense are described below and elsewhere in Ihe present disclosure in greater detail.
(I) A polynucleotide that differs in nucleotide sequence from another. referencepolynucleotide. Generally. differences are limited so that the nucleotide sequences of the reference and the variant are closely similar overall and. in many regions. identical.
As noted below. changes in the nucleotide sequence of the variant may be silent. That is. they may not alter the amino acids encoded by the polynucleotide. Where alterations are limited to silent chan_es of this type a variant will encode a polypeptide vvith the same amino acid sequence as the lef~l~nce. Also as noted below, changes in the nucleotide sequence of the 0 variant may alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide encoded by the reference polynucleotide. Such nucleotide changes may result in amino acid substitutions. additions.
deletions. fusions and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence. as discussed below.
(2) A polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from another. reference polypeptide. Generally. dirre-ences are limited so that the sequences of the reference and the variant are closelv similar overall and. in many region. identical.
A variant and reference polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence by one or more substitutions, additions, deletions~ fusions and truncations. which may be present in any combination.
2 0 RECEPTOR MOLECULE. as used herein. refers to molecules which bind or interact specifically with NKAF II polypeptides of the present invention. including not only classic receptors. which are preferred. but also other molecules that specifically bind to or interact with polypeptides of the invention (which also may be referred to as "binding molecules" and "interaction molecules." respectively and as "NKAF Il binding molecules" and "NKAF Il interaction molecules." Binding between polypeptides of the invention and such molecules.
including receptor or binding or interaction molecules may be exclusive to polypeptides of the invention. which is very highly preferred. or it may be highly specific for polypeptides of the invention. which is highly preferred. or it may be highly specific to a group of proteins that includes polypeptides of the invention. which is ~)lef~ d. or it may be specific to several 3 o groups of proteins at least one of which includes polypeptides of the invention.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Receplors also may be non-na~urallv occurring. such as antibodies and antibodv-derived reagents that bind specifically to polypeptides of the invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel NKAF II polypeptides and polvnucleotides~among other things, as described in greater detail below. In particular. the invention relates to polypeptides and polynucleotides of a novel human NKAF II. which is related by amino acid sequence homology to human eosinophil granule major basic protein. The invention relates especially to NKAF II having the nucleotide and amino acid sequences set out in Fi~ure l (SEQ
0 ID NO: I and 2). and to the NKAF II nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the human cDNA
in ATCC Deposit No. 97465 which is herein referred to as "the deposited clone'' or as the "cDNA of the deposited clone." It will be appreciated that the nucleotide and amino acid sequences set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2) were obtained by sequencing the human cDNA of the deposited clone. Hence. the sequence of the deposited clone is controlling as to any discrepancies between the two and any reference to the sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:l) includes reference to the sequence of the human cDNA of the deposited clone.
Polynucleotides In accordance with one aspect of the present invention. there are provided isolated 2 o polynucleotides that encode the NKAF II polypeptide having the deduced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
Using the information provided herein, such as the polynucleotide sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO: 1), a polynucleotideof the present invention encoding a human NKAF II
polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures. such as those for 2 5 cloning cDNAs using mRNA from cells of human tissue as starting material. Illustrative of the invention. the polynucleotide set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I)was discovered in a cDNA
library derived from cells of human bone marrow and fetal liver.
Human NKAF II of the invention is structurally related to other proteins of the human natural killer cell family, as shown by the results of sequencing the human cDNA enco~iing 3 o human NKAF II in the deposited clone. The human cDNA sequence thus obtained is set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I). It contains an open readin_ frame encoding a protein of about 225 CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 amino acid residues. NKAF II has a de~ucecl molecular weiPht of about 25.5 kDa: an isoelectric point of 4.661 and a -11.752 charge at pH of 7Ø The protein exhibits greatest homology to human eosinophil granuie major basic protein amonY known proteins. NKAF II
of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) has about 65.8% similarity and about 50.2% identity with the amino acid sequence of human eosinophil granule major basic protein and NKAF as disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. ~.316.933.
The amino acid sequence of the complete NKAF Il protein includes a leader sequence and a mature protein. More in particular. the present invention provides nucleic acid molecules encoding a mature form of the NKAF II protein. Thus, according to the signal hypothesis, once export of the growing protein chain across the rough endoplasmic reticulum has been initiated proteins secreted by m~mm~ n cells have a signal or secretory leader sequence which is cleaved from the complete polypeptide to produce a secreted "mature form of the protein. Most m~mm~ n cells and even insect cells cleave secreted proteins with the same specificity.
However. in some cases. cleavage of a secreted protein is not entirelv uniforrn. which results in 1 5 two or more mature species of the protein. Further, it has long been known that the cleavage specificity of a secreted protein is ultimately determined by the primary structure of the complete protein. that is~ it is inherent in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
Therefore. the present invention provides a nucleotide sequence encoding the mature NKAF II
polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA clone contained in the host identifiedasATCC DepositNo. 97465. Bythe"matureNKAF II polypeptidehavingthe amino acid sequence encoded bv the cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97465 ' is meant the mature forrn(s) of the NKAF II protein produced by exl"es~ion in a m~mm~ n cell (e.g., COS
cells. as described below) of the complete open reading frarne encoded by the human DNA
sequence of the clone contained in the vector in the deposited host.
2 5 In addition. methods for predicting whether a protein has a secretory leader as well as the cleava~e point for that leader sequence are available. For in~t~nce, the method of McGeoch (Virus Res. 3:~71-286 (1985)) uses the information from a short N-t~rrnin~l charged re_ion and a subsequent uncharged region of the complete (uncleaved) protein. The method of von Heinje (Nucleic Acids Res. l~:4683-4690 (1986)) uses the information from 3 o the residues surrounding the cleava_e site. typically residues - 13 to +2 where +1 indicates the amino terrninus of the mature protein. The accuracy of predicting the cleavage points of CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05S70 known m~mm~ n secretory proteins for each of these rnethods is in the ran e of 75-80%
(von Heinje, supra). However. the two methods do not always produce the same predicted cleavage point(s) for a given protein.
In the present case. the deposited cDNA has been expressed in a baculovirus vector in insect cells as described hereinbelow~ and amino acid sequencing of the amino terminus of the secreted species indicated that the mature NKAF II protein comprises amino acids I to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2. Thus. the leader sequence of the NKAF II protein in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is 17 amino acids. from position - 17 to - 1.
More in particular the invention includes polypeptides comprising amino acids: 14 to 0 225, 15 to 225, 16 to 225,17 to 225, 18 to 225, 19 to 225, 20 to 225, 21 to 225, 22 to 225, and ~3 to 225. all of SEQ ID N0:2. Polynucleotidesencoding such polypeptidesare also provided.
Polynucleotides of the present invention may be in the form of RNA. such as mRNA. or in the form of DNA. including, for instance, cDNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced by chemical synthetic techniques or by a combination thereof. The DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand. also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
The coding sequence which encodes the polypeptide may be identical to the codingsequence of the polynucleotide shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1). It also may be a2 0 polynucleotide with a different sequence. which. as a result of the redun~ncy (degeneracy) of the genetic code. encodes the polypeptide of the DNA of Figure I (SEQ ID l~TO: 1).
Polynucleotidesof the present invention which encode the polypeptide of ~igure 1 (SEQ
ID NO:2) may include~ but are not limited to the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide~
by itself: the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide and additional coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, such as a pre-~ or pro- or prepro- protein sequence: the coding sequence of the mature polypeptide~ with or without the aforementioned additional coding sequences, together with additionah non-coding sequences~ including for example~ but not limited to introns and non-coding 5' and 3 ' sequences, such as the transcribed~
non-translatedsequences that play a role in transcriptiommRNA processing - including splicing 3 0 and polyadenylationsignals~ for e~ample - ribosome binding and stability of mRNA: additional coding sequence which codes for additional amino acids~ such as those which provide additional CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 functionalities. Thus. for inct~nre the polypeptide mav be fused to a marker sequence. such as a peptide~ which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention. the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide.
such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (Qiagen. Inc.), among others. many of which are cornmercially available. As described in Gentz et al.. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.. USA 86: ~21-824 ( I 9g9), for instance. hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein.
The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived of influenza hern~Pglutinin protein, which has been described by Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 ( 19~4), for instance.
In accordance with the foregoing, the term "polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide" as 0 used herein encompasses polynucleotides which include a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention. particularly the human NKAF II having the arnino acid sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2). The term encompasses polynucleotides that include a single continuous region or discontinuous regions encoding the polypeptide (for example~ interrupted by introns) together with additional regions.
The present invention further relates to variants of the herein above described polynucleotides which encode for fragments, analogs and derivatives of the polypeptide having the ded~lced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2). A variant of the polynucleotide may be a naturally occurring variant such as a naturally occurring allelic variant, or it may be a variant that is not kno~vn to occur naturally. Such non-naturally occurring variants of the 2 0 polynucleotide may be made by mutagenesis techniques. including those applied to polynucleotides.cells or org~ni~m~.
Among variants in this regard are variants that differ from the aforementioned polynucleotides by nucleotide substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions or additions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may be altered in coding or non-coding regions or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservativearnino acid substitutions.deletions or additions.
Among the particularly plefelled embodiments of the invention in this regard arepolynucleotides encoding polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of NKAF II set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2); variants. analogs, derivatives and fragments thereof. and fragments of 3 o the variants, analogs and derivatives.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTnUS97/05570 Further particularly preferred in this regard are polynucleotides encoding NKAF II
variants. analogs. derivatives and fragments. and variants. analogs and derivatives of the fra_ments. which have the amino acid sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide of Figure l (SEQ
ID NO:2) in which several. a few. 5 to lO. ~ to 5, l to 3 2. l or no amino acid residues are substituted. deleted or added. in any combination. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions. additions and deletions. which do not alter the properties and activities of the NKAF II. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions. Most highly preferred are polynucleotides encoding polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2) without substitutions.
0 Further preferred embodiments of the invention are polynucleotides that are at least 70%
identical to a polynucleotide encoding the NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence set OUI in Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2). and polynucleotides which are complementary to such polynucleotides. Alternatively. most highly preferred are polynucleotides that comprise a region that is at least 80% identical to a polynucleotide encoding the NKAF II polypeptide and polynucleotidescomplementarythereto. In this regard. polynucleotidesat least 90% identical to the same are particularly preferred, and among these particularly preferred polynucleotides, those with at least 95% are especially preferred. Furthermore. those with at least 97% are highly preferred among those with at least 95%. and among these those with at least 98% and at least 99% are parlicularly highly preferred. with at least 99% being the more preferred.
2 0 Particularly preferred embo~limentc in this respect. moreover. are polynucleotides which encode polypeptides which relain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature polypeptide encoded by the human cDNA of Figure l (SEQ ID NO: l ).
The present invention further relates to polynucleotides that hybridize to the herein above-described sequences. In this regard. the present invention especially relates to polynucleotides which hybridize under stringent conditions to the herein above-described polynucleotides. As herein used. the terrn "stringent conditions" means hybridization will occur only if there is at least 95% and preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences.
As discussed additionally herein regarding polynucleotide assays of the invention~ for instance. polynucleotides of the invention as discussed above. may be used as a hybridization 3 o probe for cDNA and genomic DNA to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding NKAF II and to isolate cDNA and genomic clones of other genes that have a high sequence CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0~570 similarity to the human NKAF II gene. Such probes generally will comprise at least l 5 bases.
Preferablv. such probes will have at least 30 bases and may have at least ~0 bases. Particularly preferred probes will have at least 30 bases and will have 50 bases or less.
For example. the coding region of the NKAF II gene may be isolated by screening using the known DNA sequence to synthesize an oligonucleotide probe. A labeled oligonucleotide having a sequence complementary to that of a gene of the present invention is then used to screen a library of human cDNA. genomic DNA or mRNA to determine which members of the library the probe hybridizes to.
The polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention may be employed as0 research reagents and materials for discovery of tre~tm~ntc and diagnostics to human disease. as further discussed herein relating to polynucleotideassays, inter alia.
The polynucleotides may encode a polypeptide which is the mature protein plus additional amino or carboxyl-terminal amino acids, or amino acids interior to the mature polypeptide (when the mature form has more than one polypeptide chain. for inct~nce). Such sequences may play a role in processing of a protein from precursor to a mature form, may facilitate protein trafficking, may prolong or shonen protein half-life or may facilitate manipulation of a protein for assay or production. among other things. As generally is the case in situ. the additional amino acids may be processed away from the mature protein by cellular enzymes.
2 o A precursor protein. having the mature form of the polypeptide fused to one or more prosequences mav be an inactive form of the polypeptide. When prosequences are removed such inactive precursors generally are activated. Some or all of the prosequences may be removed before activation. Generally, such precursors are called proproteins.
In sum. a polynucleotide of the present invention may encode a mature protein. a mature protein plus a leader sequence (which may be referred to as a preprotein), a precursor of a mature protein having one or more prosequences which are not the leader sequences of a preprotein. or a preproprotein. which is a precursor to a proprotein. having a leader sequence and one or more prosequences. which generally are removed during processing steps that produce active and mature forms of the polypeptide.
Deposited materials CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 A deposit cont~ining a human NKAF II cDNA has been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection. as noted above~ Also as noted above. the cDNA deposit is referred to herein as "the deposited clone" or as "the cDNA of the deposited clone."
The deposited clone was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection. 12301 Park Lawn Drive. Rockville. Maryland 20852. USA~ on March 6. l996 and ~ccignecl ATCC
DepositNo. 9746j.
The deposited material is a pBluescript SK (-) plasmid (Stratagene. La Jolla. CA) that contains the full length NKAF II cDNA~ referred to as "PF266" upon deposit.
The deposit has been made under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the intern~tional 0 recognition of the deposit of micro-org~ni~m~ for purposes of patent procedure. The strain will be irrevocably and without restriction or condition released to the public upon the icsl~nce of a patent. The deposit is provided merely as convenience to those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required for enablement. such as that required under 35 U.S.C. 1 12.
The se~uence of the polynucleotides contained in the deposited material~ as well as the arnino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded thereby, are controlling in the event of any conflict with any description of sequences herein.
A license may be required to make~ use or sell the deposited materials~ and no such license is hereby granted.
2 o Polypeptides The present invention further relates to a human NKAF II polypeptide which has the ded~lced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
The invention also relates to fr~gment~, analogs and derivatives of these polypeptides.
The terms "fra~ment " "derivative" and "analog" when referring to the polypeptide of Figure I
2 5 ~SEQ ID NO:2) means a polypeptide which retains essenti~lly the same biological function or activity as such polypeptide. Thus. an analog includes a proprotein which can be activated by cleavage of the proprotein portion to produce an active mature polypeptide.
The polypeptide of the present invention may be a recombinant polypeptide, a natural polypeptide or a svnthetic polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments it is a recombinant 3 o polypeptide.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0~570 The fragment. derivative or analocr of the poJypeptide of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2) may be (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue mav or may not be one encoded by the genetic code. or (ii) one 5 in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group. or (iii) one in which the mature polypeptide is fused with another compound. such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example. polyethylene glycol), or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the mature polypeptide. such as a leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the mature polypeptide or a 10 proprotein sequence. Such fragments~ derivatives and analogs are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard arepolypeptides having the amino acid sequence of NKAF Il set out in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2), variants. analogs. derivatives and fragments thereof. and variants analogs and derivatives of the 15 fragments. Alternatively, particularly preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard are polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of the NKAF II of the cDNA in the deposited clone~ variants, analogs, derivatives and fragments thereof, and variants~ analogs and derivatives of the fragments.
Among preferred variants are those that vary from a reference by conservative amino 20 acid substitutions. Such substitutions are those that substitute a given amino acid in a polypeptide by another arnino acid of like characteristics. Typically seen as conservative substitutions are the replacements~ one for another~ among the aliphatic amino acids Ala Val, Leu and lle: interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr~ exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu~ substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gln, e:cchange of the basic 2 5 residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe~ ~yr.
Further particularly preferred in this regard are variants analogs, derivatives and fragments and variants analogs and derivatives of the fragments having the arnino acid sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) in which several a few, 5 to 10, 1 to S, 1 to 3 2. 1 or no amino acid residues are substituted deleted or added~ in any 3 o combination. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of the NKAF II. Also especially preferred in this CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 regard are conservative substitutions. Most highly preferred are polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) without substitutions.
The polypeptides and polynucleotides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form. and preferably are purified to homogeneity.
The polypeptides of the present invention also include the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 (in particular the mature polypeptide) as well as polypeptides which have at least 70% similarity (preferably at least 70% identity) to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and more preferably at least 90% similarity (more preferably at least 90% identity) to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and still more preferably at least 95% similarity (still more preferably at least 95% identity) to 0 the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and also include portions of such pol,vpeptides with such portion of the polypeptide generally cont~ining at least 30 amino acids and more preferably at least 50 amino acids.
As known in the art "similarity" between two polypeptides is determined by comparing the amino acid sequence and its conserved amino acid substitutes of one polypeptide to the sequence of a second polypeptide.
Fragments or portions of the polypeptides of the present invention may be employed for producing the corresponding full-length polypeptide by peptide synthesis; therefore, the fragments may be employed as interm~ tes for producing the full-length pol,vpeptides.
Fragments or portions of the polynucleotidesof the present invention may be used to synthesi7~-2 o full-length polynucleotides of the present invention.
Fragments Also among preferred embo-liment~ of this aspect of the present invention are polypeptides comprising fr~gm~ntc of NKAF 11, most particularly frzlgmentc of the NKAF Il having the amino acid set out in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2), and fr~gment~ of variants and derivativesofthe NKAF II of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
In this regard a fragment is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that entirely is the same as part but not all of the amino acid sequence of the aforementioned NKAF II
polypeptides and variants or derivatives thereof.
3 o Such fragments may be "free-st~n-ling," i.e.~ not part of or fused to other amino acids or polypeptides. or they may be comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they forrn a part or CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W 0 97/37022 PCT~USg7/05570 re~ion. When comprised within a lar_er polypeptide. the presently discussed fragments most preferably form a single continuous region. However. several fr~gm--ntc may be comprised ~vithin a sin le larger polypeptide. For inct,.nce certain preferred embodiment~ relate to a fragment of a NKAF II polypeptide of the present comprised within a precursor polypeptide designed for expression in a host and having heterologous pre and pro-polypeptide regions fused to the amino terrninus of the NKAF II fragment and an additional region fused to the carboxyl terrninus of the fragment. Therefore. fragments in one aspect of the meaning inten-1ed herein. refers to the portion or portions of a fusion polypeptide or fusion protein derived from NKAF II.
As replesent~ e examples of polypeptide fragments of the invention. there may bementioned those which have from about 21 to about 2~ 5 amino acids.
In this context about includes the particularly recited range and ranges larger or smaller by several, a few. ~, 4.3, 2 or l amino acid at either extreme or at both extremes. For inct~nce, about 225 arnino acids in this context means a polypeptide fragment of 225 plus or minus several. a few, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acids to 225 plus or minus several a few, 5, 4, 3, 2 or l amino acid residues. i.e.. ranges as broad as 21 minus several arnino acids to 225 plus several amino acids to as narrow as 21 plus several amino acids to 225 minus several amino acids.
Highly plef~ d in this regard are the recited ranges plus or minus as many as S amino acids at either or at both extremes. Particularly highly plcr~ d are the recited ranges plus or 2 o minus as many as 3 amino acids at either or at both the recited extremes. Especially particularly highly preferred are ran~es plus or minus l amino acid at either or at both extremes or the recited ranges with no additions or deletions. rvlost highly preferred of all in this regard are fragments from about 21 to about 225 amino acids.
Among especially preferred fragments of the invention are truncation mllt~nt~ of NKAF
2s II. Truncation mutants include NKAF II polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2), or of variants or derivatives thereof. except for deletion of a continuous series of residues (that is. a continuous region, part or portion) that includes the arnino terminus. or a continuous series of residues that includes the carboxyl terrninus or, as in double truncation mutants. deletion of two continuous series of residll~c. one including the 3 C amino terminus and one including the carboxyl terminus. Fragments having the size ranges set CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 out about also are preferred embodiments of truncation fragments. which are especially preferred among fr~gment~ generally.
Also preferred in this aspect of the invention are fragments characterized by structural or functional attributes of NKAF II. Preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard include fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix forming regions ("alpha-regions"), beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions ("beta-regions"), turn and turn-forming regions ("turn-regions"). coil and coil-forming regions ("coil-regions"). hydrophilic regions. hydrophobic regions. alpha amphipathic regions. beta amphipathic regions. flexible regions. surface-forming regions and high antigenic index regions of NKAF II.
0 Certain preferred regions in these regards include, but are not limited to, regions of the aforementionedtypes identified by analysis of the amino acid sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ
ID NO:2). Such preferred regions include Garnier-Robson alpha-regions. beta-regions, turn-regions and coil-regions. Chou-Fasman alpha-regions. beta-regions and turn-regions, Kyte-Doolittle hydrophilic regions and hydrophilic regions. Eisenberg alpha and beta amphipathic regions. Karplus-Schulz flexible regions. ~mini surface-forming regions and Jameson-Wolf .
hlgh antlgemc mdex reglons.
Among highly preferred fragments in this regard are those that comprise regions of NKAF II that combine several structural features. such as several of the features set out above.
In this regard, the regions defined by the residues about 19 to 225. 20 to 225 and 2 I to 225 of Figure l (2 to 208. 3 to 208. and 4 to 208 in SEQ ID NO:2. respectivelv), which all are characterized by amino acid compositions highly characteristic of turn-regions. hydrophilic regions. flexible-regions. surface-forming regions. and high antigenic index-regions. are especiallv highly preferred regions. Such regions may be comprised within a larger polypeptide or may be by themselves a preferred fragment of the present invention. as discussed above. It 2 5 will be appreciated that the term "about" as used in this paragraph has the me~ning set out above regarding fr~gmPnt~ in general.
Further preferred regions are those that me~i~te activities of NKAF II. Most highly d in this regard are fragments that have a chemical. biological or other activity of NKAF
II. including those with a similar activity or an improved activity, or with a decreased 3 o undesirable activity. Highly preferred in this regard are fragments that contain regions that are homologs in sequence, or in position. or in both sequence and to active regions of related CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 polypeptides. such as the related polypeptides set out in Figure ~ (SEQ ID NO:ll), which include human eosinophil granule major basic protein. Among particulariv preferred fragments in these regards are truncation mutants. as discussed above.
It will be appreciated that the invention also relates to. among others~ polynucleotides encoding the aforementioned fragments. polynucleotides that hybridize to polynucleotides encoding the fragments. particularly those that hybridize under stringent conditions, and polynucleotides, such as PCR primers. for amplifying polynucleotides that encode the fr~gmentc. In these regards. preferred polynucleotides are those that correspondent to the p,efc.led fragments. as discussed above.
VECTORS. HOST CELLS AND EXPRESSION
The present invention also relates to vectors which include polvnucleotides of the present invention. host cells which are genetically engineered with vectors of the invention and the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techni~ues.
Host cells can be genetically enginPered to incorporate polynucleotides and express polypeptides of the present invention. For instance. polynucleotides mav be introduced into host cells using well known techniques of infection, transduction. transfection. transvection and transformation. The polynucleotides may be introduced alone or with other polynucleotides.
Such other polynucleotides may be introduced independently, co-introduced or introduced 2 o joined to the polynucleotidesof the invention.
Thus. for instance. polynucleotides of the invention may be transfected into host cells with another. separate. polynucleotide encoding a selectable marker. using standard techniques for co-transfection and selection in, for instance. rn~mm~ n cells. In this case the polynucleotides generally will be stably incorporated into the host cell genome.Alternatively, the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host. The vector construct may be introduced into host cells by the aforementioned techniques. Generally. a plasmid vector is introduced as DNA in a precipitate.
such as a calcium phosphate precipitate. or in a complex with a charged lipid. Ele~ opoldlion also may be used to introduce polynucleotides into a host. If the vector is a virus. it may be 3 o packaged in vitro or introduced into a p;~ck~ging cell and the packaged virus may be transduced into cells. A wide varietv of techniques suitable for making polynucleotidesand for introducing CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 polynucleotides into cells in accordance with this aspect of the invention are well known and routine to those of skill in the art. Such techniques are reviewed at length in Sambrook et al.
cited above, w hich is illustrative of the many laboratory manuals that detail these techniques.
In accordance with this aspect of the invention the vector may be~ for example, a plasmid vector. a single or double-stranded phage vector. a single or double-stranded RNA or DNA viral vector. Such vectors may be introduced into cells as polynucleotides. preferably DNA. by well known techniques for imroducing DNA and RNA into cells. The vectors, in the case of phage and viral vectors also may be and preferablv are introduced into cells as packaged or encapsidated virus by well known techniques for infection and transduction. Viral vectors 0 may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case viral propagation generallvwill occur only in complementinghost cells.
Preferred amon vectors. in certain respects. are those for expression of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention. Generally, such vectors comprise cis-acting control regions effective for ex~ saion in a host operatively linked to the polynucleotide to be expressed. Appropriate trans-acting factors either are supplied by the host. supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host.
In certain preferred embodiments in this regard, the vectors provide for specific ~Ay,esaion. Such specific ~xpleàsion may be inducible ex~ saion or ~,cp~ession only in certain types of cells or both inducible and cell-specific. Particularly preferred among inducible vectors are vectors that can be in-luced for expression by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate. such as temperature and nutrient additives. A variety of vectors suitable to this aspect of the invention. including constitutive and inducible expression vectors for use in prokaryotic and eukarvotic hosts. are well known and employed routinely by those of skill in the art.
2 5 The engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media. which may be modified as applopl;ate for. inter alia. activating promoters. selecting transformants or amplifying genes. Culture conditions. such as temperature. pH and the like, previously used with the host cell selected for expression generally will be suitable for expression of polypeptides of the present invention as will be appdr~"t to those of skill in the art.
A great variety of expression vectors can be used to express a polypeptide of the invention. Such vectors include chromosomal. episomal and virus-derived vectors e.g., vectors CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 derived from bacterial plasmids. from bacteriophage, from yeast episomes. from yeast chromosomal elements. from viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses. such as SV40, ~accinia viruses. adenoviruses. fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses. and ~ ectors derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements. such as cosmids and phagemids~ all may be used for expression in accordance with this aspect of the present invention Generally, anv vector suitable to m~int~im propagate or express polynucleotidesto express a polypeptide in a host may be used for expression in this regard.
The a,~plvpl;ate DNA sequence may be inserted into the vector by any of a variety of 0 well-known and routine techniques In generalt a DNA sequence for ~ ssion is joined to an e~pression vector by cleaving the DNA sequence and the ~plession vector with one or more restriction endonucleases and then joining the restriction fragments together using T4 DNA
ligase. Procedures for restriction and ligation that can be used to this end are well known and routine to those of skill. Suitable procedures in this regard, and for constructing e;~ ssion ~ ectors using alternative techniques. which also are well known and routine to those skill, are set forth in great detail in Sambrook et al. cited elsewhere herein The DNA sequence in the expression vector is operatively linked to appropriate ~ple;,sion control sequence(s), including, for in~t~nre, a promoter to direct mRNA
transcription. Representatives of such promoters include the phage lambda PL promoter, the E
2 o coli lac. trp and tac promoters the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs to name just a few of the well-known promoters. It will be understood that numerous promoters not mentioned are suitable for use in this aspect of the invention are well known and readily mav be employed by those of skill in the manner illustrated by the discussion and the e~amples herein In general. expression constructs will contain sites for transcription initiation and termination. and. in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will include a translation initiating AUG at the beginning and a termination codon a~lopl;ately positioned at the end of the polypeptideto be tr~n~l~ted 3 o In addition. the constructs may contain control regions that regulate as well as engender expression Generally, in accordance with manv commonly practiced procedures. such regions CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo97/37022 PCrlUS97/05570 will operate by controlling transcription. such as repressor binding sites and enhancers. among others.
Vectors for propagation and expression generally will include selectable markers. Such markers also may be suitable for amplificationor the vectors may contain additional markers for this purpose. In this regard. the expression vectors preferably contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of transformed host cells. Preferred markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture. and tetracycline. theomycin. kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing E. coli and other bacteria.
0 The vector cont~ining the al.plopl iate DNA sequence as described elsewhere herein, as well as an approyllate promoter. and other ~ppropliate control sequences, may be introduced into an appropriate host using a variety of well known techniques suitable to explession therein of a desired polypeptide. ~epresentative examples of applopl iate hosts include bacterial cells~
such as E. coli. Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Hosts for of a great variety of expression constructs are well known. and those of skill will be enabled by the present disclosure readily to select a host for e~y,essing a polypeptides in accordance with this aspect of the present Invention.
Various m~mm~ n cell culture systems can be employed for expression, as well.
Examples of m~mm~ n expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblast. described in Gluzman et al.~ Cell 23: l75 (I98I). Other cell lines capable of ~re;,~ing a compatible vector include for example, the C 127, 3T3. CHO, HeLa, human kidney 293 and BHK cell lines.
More particularly. the present invention also includes recombinant constructs, such as e~ es~ion constructs. comprising one or more of the sequences described above. The constructs comprise a vector, such as a plasmid or viral vector. into which such a sequence of the invention has been inserted. The sequence mav be inserted in a forward or reverse orientation. In certain preferred embodiments in this regard. the construct further comprises 3 o regulatorv sequences. including, for exarnple. a promoter. operably linked to the sequence.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Large numbers of suitable vectors and promoters are known to those of skill in the art. and there are many commercially available vectors suitable for use in the present invention.
The following vectors. which are commercially available. are provided by way of example. Amon,~ vectors p~ d for use in bacteria are pQE70. pQE60 and pQE-9, available from Qiagen; pBS vectors. Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors. pNH8A. pNH l 6a~ pNH 1 8A, pNH46A~ available from Stratagene: and ptrc99a. pKK223-3, pKK233-3. pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia. Among preferred eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO. pSV2CAT, pOG44~ pXT1 and pSG available from Stratagene: and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL
available from Pharmacia. These vectors are listed solely by way of illustration of the many commercially available and well known vectors that are available to those of skill in the art for use in accordance with this aspect of the present invention. It will be appreciated that any other plasmid or vector suitable for. for example. introduction. m~innon~nce, propagation or ~:~p~ssion of a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention in a host may be used in this aspect of the invention.
Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using vectors that contain a reporter transcription unit lacking a promoter region, such as a chloramphenicol acetyl transferase ("cat") ~dnsc~ ion unit~ do~llsl~calll of restriction site or sites for introducing a c~n~ te promoter fr~gment i.e., a fragment that may contain a promoter. As is well known, introduction into the vector of a promoter-containingfragment at the restriction site up~llea~ll of 2 0 the cat gene engenders production of CAT activity, which can be detecsed by standard CAT
assavs. Vectors suitable to this end are well known and readily available. Two such vectors are pKK232-8 and pCM7. Thus, promoters for expression of polynucleotides of the present invention include not only well known and readily available promoters~ but also promoters that readily may be obtained by the foregoing technique. using a reporter gene.
Among knov.~n bacterial promoters suitable for expression of polynucleotides andpolypeptides in accordance with the present invention are the E. coli lacI and lacZ promoters, the T3 and T7 promoters, the T5 tac promoter, the lambda PR. PL promoters and the trp promoter. Among known eukaryotic promoters suitable in this regard are the CMV immediate early promoter. the HSV thymidine kinase promoter. the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs. such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus ("RSV"), and metallothioneinpromoters. such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Selection of appropriate vectors and promoters for expression in a host cell is a well known procedure and the requisite techniques for expression vector construction~ introduction of the vector into the host and expression in the host are routine skills in the art.
Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication~ a5 promoter derived from a highly-e:~pressed gene to direct transcription of a dow,ls~
structural sequence~ and a selectable marker to permit isolation of vector cont~ining cells after exposure to the vector.
The present invention also relates to host cells con~ining the above-describedconstructs discussed above. The host cell can be a higher eukaryotic cell. such as a m~lnm~ n cell, or a 0 lower eukaryotic celL such as a yeast celL or the host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, such as a bacterial cell.
Constructs in host cells can be used in a conventional manner tO produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence. Alternatively, the polypeptides of the invention can be synthetically produced by conventional peptide synth~si7Prs.
Mature proteins can be expressed in m~mm~ n cells. yeast~ bacteria~ or other cells under the control of a~ op,iate promoters. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce such proteins using RNAs derived from the DNA constructs of the present invention.
Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with prokaryotic and eukaryotic hosts are described by Sambrook et al., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2nd 2 o Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. ( l 989).
Transcription of the DNA encoding the polypeptides of the present invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enh~ncer sequence into the vector. Fnh~ncers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from l 0 to 300 bp that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type. Examples of enh~ncers include the SV40 enhancer. which is located on the late side of the replication origin at bp l00 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enh~n~er, the polyoma enh~ncer on the late side of the replication origim and adenovirus Pnh~ncers.
Polynucleotides of the invention~ encoding the heterologous structural sequence of a polypeptide of the invention generally will be inserted into the vector using standard techniques so that it is operably linked to the promoter for expression. The polynucleotide will be positioned so that the transcription start site is located appropriately S' to a ribosome binding ~9 CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCr/US97/05570 site. The ribosome binding site will be S' to the AUG that initiates translation of the polypeptide to be expressed. Generally, there will be no other open reading frames that begin with an initiation codon. usually AUG. and lie between the ribosome binding site and the initiating AUG. Also, generally, there will be a translation stop codon at the end of the polypeptide and there will be a polyadenylation signal and a transcription termination signal applol" iately disposed at the 3 ' end of the transcribed re_ion.
For secretion of the translated protein into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum. into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment, appropriate secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide. The signals may be endogenous to the 0 polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form~ such as a fusion protein. and may include not only secretion signals but also additional heterologous functional regions. Thus. for instance. a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids. may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification or during subsequent h~n~lling and storage. Also, region also may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final p,epa~dlion of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion. to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art.
2 o Following transformation of a suitable host strain and growth of the host strain to an appropriate cell density, where the selected promoter is inducible it is induced by applopliate means (e.g., temperature shift or exposure to chemical inducer) and cells are cultured for an additional period.
Cells typically then are harvested by centrifugation. disrupted by physical or chemical 2 5 means. and the resulting crude extract retained for further purification.
Microbial cells employed in explcssion of proteins can be disrupted by any convenient method. including freeze-thaw cycling. sonication. mechanical disruption. or use of cell Iysing agents. such methods are well know to those skilled in the art.
The NKAF II polypeptide can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures 3 o by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol plec;~;L~Lion, acid extraction.
anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 interaction chromatography. affinity chromatography, hydroxvlapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification. Well known techniques for refolding protein may be employed to regenerate active conformation when the polypeptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products. products of chemical synthetic procedures. and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host. including, for example~ bacterial, yeast, higher plant~ insect and m~mm~ n cells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, 0 the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated. In addition. polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of host-mediated processes.
NKAF II polynucleotides and polypeptides may be used in accordance with the present invention for a variety of applications~ particularly those that make use of the chemical and biological properties of NKAF II. Among these are applications in prevention of neoplasia.
Additional applications relate to diagnosis and to treatment of disorders of cells. tissues and org~ni~mc These aspects of the invention are illustrated further by the following discussion.
Polynucleotideassays This invention is also related to the use of the NKAF II polynucleotides to detect complementary polynucleotides such as~ for example~ as a diagnostic rea ent. Detection of a mutated form of NKAF II associated with a dysfunction will provide a diagnostic tool that can add or define a diagnosis of a disease or susceptibility to a disease which results from under-e~lession over-e~cl..cs~ionor altered ~ .cssion of NKAF II~ such as~ for example, eosinophilia 2 5 or bronchial asthma.
Individuals carrying mutations in the human NKAF II gene may be detected at the DNA
level by a variety of techniques. Nucleic acids for diagnosis may be obtained from a patient's cells, such as from blood~ urine, saliva~ tissue biopsy and autopsy material. The genomic DNA
may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR prior to 3 o analysis. PCR (Saiki et al.? Nature. 324: 1 63-l 66 ( 1986)). RNA or cDNA may also be used in the same ways. As an example, PCR primers complementary to the nucleic acid encoding CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 NKAF II can be used to identifv and analvze NKAF II e~cpression and mutations. For example.
deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the norrnal genotype. Point mutations can be identified by hvbridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled NKAF II RNA or alternatively~ radiolabeled NKAF II ~nricence DNA
sequences. Perfectly m~t~he-l sequences can be distinguished from micm~tched duplexes by RNase A digestion or by differences in melting te~ )elal~lres.
Sequence differences between a reference gene and genes having mutations also may be revealed by direct DNA seq~ncing. In addition, cloned DNA segments may be employed as probes to detect specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of such methods can be greatly 0 enhanced by ap~,lo~,;ate use of PCR or another amplification method. For example, a sequencing primer is used with double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR. The sequence determination is performed byconventional procedures with radiolabeled nucleotide or by automatic sequencing procedures with fluorescent-tags.
Genetic testing based on DNA sequence differences may be achieved by detection of alteration in electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels~ with or without denaturing agents. Small sequence deletions and insertions can be visualized by high resolution gel electrophoresis. DNA fragments of different sequences may be distinguished on d~;n~twiIlg forrnarnide gradient gels in which the mobilities of different DNA fragments are retarded in the 2 o gel at different positions according to their specific melting or partial melting temperatures (see, e.g., Mvers et al.. Science. ~30: l 242 ( l 985)).
Sequence changes at specific locations also may be revealed bv nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S1 protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g., Cotton et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 85: 4397-4401 (1985)).
2 5 Thus. the detection of a specific DNA sequence may be achieved by methods such as hybridization. RNase protection, chemical cleavage, direct DNA sequencing or the use of restriction enzymes~ (e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphisms ("RFLP") and Southern blotting of genomic DNA.
In addition to more conventional gel-electrophoresis and DNA seq~len~ing~ mutations 3 o also can be detected by in situ analysis.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Chromosome assays The sequences of the present invention are also valuable for chromosome identification.
The sequence is specifically targeted to and can hybridize with a particular location on an individual human chromosome. Moreoven there is a current need for identifying particular sites on the chromosome. Few chromosome marking reagents based on actual sequence data (repeat polymorphisms) are presently available for marking chromosomal location. The mapping of DNAs to chromosomes according to the present invention is an important first step in correlating those sequences with genes associated with disease.
In certain preferred embo~liment~ in this regard, the cDNA herein disclosed is used to clone genomic DNA of a NKAF II gene. This can be accomplished usin_ a variety of well known techniques and libraries, which generally are available commercially. The genomic DNA the is used for in situ chromosome mapping using well known techniques for this purpose. Typically. in accordance with routine procedures for chromosome mapping, some trial and error may be necess:lry to identify a genomic probe that gives a good in situ hybridization 1 5 signal.
In some cases. in addition. sequences can be mapped to chromosomes by ~ Jalillg PCR
primers (preferablv 15-25 bp) from the cDNA. Computer analysis of the 3' untr~ncl~tecl region of the gene is used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers are then used for PCR
screening of somatic cell hybrids cont~ining individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids cont~inin the human gene corresponding to the primer will yield an amplified fragment.
PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for ~C~j~ning a particular DNA to a particular chromosome. Using the present invention with the same oligonucleotide 2 5 primers, sublocalization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes or pools of large genomic clones in an analogous manner. Other mapping strategies that can similarly be used to map to its chromosome include in situ hybridization. prescreening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes and preselection by hybridization to construct chromosome specific-cDNA libraries.
3 o Fluorescence in situ hybridization ("FISH") of a cDNA clone to a metaphase chromosomal spread can be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. This CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 technique can be used with cDNA as short as 50 or 60 bases. For a review of this technique. see Verma et al.. HUMAN CHROMOSOMES: A MANUAL OF BASIC TECHNIQUES, Pergamon Press, New York ( l 988).
Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location. the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found. for example, in V. McKusick. MENDELIAN INHERITANCE IN MAN. available on line through Johns Hopkins University, Welch Medical Library. The relationship between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through linkage analysis (coinheritanceof physically adjacent genes).
0 Next. it is nrce~C~ry to determine the differences in the cDNA or genomic sequence between affected and unaffected individuals. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any normal individuals. then the mutation is likelv to be the causative agent of the disease.
With current resolution of physical mapping and genetic mapping techniques. a cDNA
precisely localized to a chromosomal region associated with the disease could be one of between ~0 and 500 potential causative genes. (This assumes l megah~ce mapping resolution and one gene per 20 kb).
Polypeptide assays lhe present invention also relates to a diagnostic assays such as quantitative and diagnostic assays for detecting levels of NKAF II protein in cells and tissues. including deterrnination of normal and abnormal levels. Thus. for instance. a diagnostic assay in accordance with the invention for detecting over-expression of NKAF II protein compared to normal control tissue samples may be used to detect the presence of eosinophilia. for example.
2 5 Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a protein. such as an NKAF II protein of the present invention. in a sample derived from a host are well-known to those of skill in the art. Such assay methods include radioimm-lnoacs~ys,co~ eLi~i~re-bindingassays, Western Blot analysis and ELISA assays. Among these ELISAs frequently are preferred. An ELISA assay initially comprises plepdlillg an antibody specific to NKAF II. preferably a monoclonal 3 o antibody. In addition a reporter antibody generally is ~fe"aled which binds to the monoclonal CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97/37022 PC r/US97/05570 antibody. The reporter antibody is attached a detectable reagent such as radioactive. fluorescent or enzymatic reagent. in this example horseradish peroxidase en_yme.
To carry out an ELISA a sample is removed from a host and incubated on a solid support, e.g. a polvstyrene dish. that binds the proteins in the sample. Any free protein binding - s sites on the dish are then covered by incubating with a non-specific protein such as bovine serum albumin. Next, the monoclonal antibody is incubated in the dish during which time the monoclonal antibodies attach to any NKAF II proleins attached to the polystyrene dish.
Unbound monoclonal antibody is washed out with buffer. The reporter antibodv linked to horseradish peroxidase is placed in the dish resulting in binding of the reporter antibody to any 0 monoclonal antibody bound to NKAF II. Un~ts~chPd reporter antibody is then washed out.
Reagents for peroxidase activity, including a colorimetric substrate are then added to the dish.
Irnmobilized peroxidase. Iinked to NKAF II through the primary and secondarv antibodies.
produces a colored reaction product. The amount of color developed in a given time period indicates the amount of NKAF II protein present in the sample. Quantitative results typically are obtained by reference to a standard curve.
A competition assay may be employed wherein antibodies specific to NKAF II ~tt~rll~d to a solid support and labeled NKAF II and a sample derived from the host are passed over the solid support and the arnount of label detPcted ~ ched to the solid support can be correlated to a quantitv of NKAF II in the sample.
Antibodies The polypeptides, their fragments or other derivatives, or analogs thereof. or cells ~A~Iessill_ them can be used as an immunogen to produce antibodies thereto. These antibodies can be, for example. polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies. The present invention also includes 2 5 chimeric. single chain. and hnm~ni7~d antibodies. as well as Fab fr~pmentc. or the product of an Fab expression library. Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of such antibodies and fragments.
Antibodies generated against the polypeptides corresponding to a sequence of thepresent invention can be obtained by direct injection of the polypeptides into an animal or by 3 o ~-lminicteringthe polypeptidesto an animal. preferablv a nonhum~n The antibody so obtained will then bind the polypeptides itself. In this manner, even a sequence encoding only a CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 fra_ment of the polypeptides can be used to 8enerate antibodies bindinn the whole native polypeptides. Such antibodies can then be used to isolate the polypeptide from tissue expressing that polypeptide.
For plel~aldlion of monoclonal antibodies. any technique which provides antibodies 5 produced by continuous cell line cultures can be used. Examples include the hybridoma technique (Kohler. G. and Milstein~ C.. Nature 256: 495-497 (1975), the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (Kozbor et al., Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983) and the EBV-hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al.. pg. 77-96 in MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY. Alan R. Liss. Inc. (1985).
Techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Patent No.
4.946.778) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies to immunogenic polypeptide products of this invention. Also~ trans_enic mice. or other org~ni~mc such as other m~mm~lc may 'oe used to express hllm~ni7Pd antibodies to immunogenic polypeptide products of this invention.
The above-described antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptide or purify the polypeptide of the present invention by ~tt~l~hment of the antibody to a solid support for isolation and/or purification by affinity chromatography.
Thus, among others, NKAF II may be employed to inhibit the growth of certain tumor cell lines~ and other neoplasias due to the cytotoxic effect of NKAF II.
2 o The polypeptide of the present invention may also be employed to prevent infl~mm~tion. to treat parasitic infection due to its cvtotoxic effect on certain parasites. to ~l~gment the effects of natural killer protein to treat neoplasias such as tumors and cancers. to prevent infl~mm~tion, to treat parasitic infection, to regulate hemaetopoesis. to prevent damage from superoxide radicals in the body, for example, to prevent tissue injury and aging and to 2 5 enhance an immunological response.
NKAF II binding molecules and assays This invention also provides a method for identification of molecules. such as receptor molecules, that bind NKAF II. Genes encoding proteins that bind NKAF II, such as receptor 3 o proteins. can be identified bv numerous methods known to those of skill in the art. for example, CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 rCTAUS97/05570 li~and panning and FACS sorting. Such methods are described in many laboratorv m~n~
such as. for instance. Coligan et al.. Current Protocols in Immunology 1(~): Chapter ~ ( 1991).
For in~t~nCe. e~pression cloning may be employed for this purpose. To this end polyadenylated RNA is prepared from a cell responsive to NKAF II, a cDNA librarv is created 5 from this RNA~ the librarv is divided into pools and the pools are transfected individually into cells that are not responsive to NKAF II. The transfected cells then are exposed to labeled NKAF II. (NKAF II can be labeled by a variety of well-known techniques including standard methods of radio-iodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specific protein kinase.) Following exposure. the cells are fixed and bindin~ of NKAF Il is det~rrni~P~ These o procedures conveniently are carried out on glass slides.
Pools are identified of cDNA that produced NKAF II-binding cells. Sub-pools are prepared from these positives. transfected into host cells and screened as described above. Using an iterative sub-pooling and re-screening process. plasmids cont~ining one or more single clones that encode the putative binding molecule. such as a receptor molecule. can be isolated 5 and the clones are sequenced.
Alternatively a labeled ligand can be photoaffinity linked to a cell extract. such as a membrane or a membrane extract, pl~paled from cells that express a molecule that it binds. such as a receptormolecule. Cross-linked material is resolved by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis ("PAGE") and exposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the ligand-receptor can 2 o be excised. resolved into peptide fragments. and subjected to protein microsequencing. The arnino acid sequence obtained from microsequencing can be used to design unique or degenerate oligonucleotide probes to screen cDNA libraries to identify genes encoding the putative receptor molecule.
Polypeptides of the invention also can be used to assess NKAF II binding capacity of 2 5 NKAF II binding molecules. such as receptor molecules. in cells or in cell-free ,u,ep~dlions.
Agonists and antagonists - assavs and molecules The invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enh~n~e or bloc}c the action of NKAF Il on cells, such as its interaction with NKAF II-binding 3 o molecules such as receptor molecules. An agonist is a compound which increases the natural CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 biological functions of NKAF II or which functions in a manner similar tO NKAF II. while antagonists decrease or e~imin~te such functions.
For example. a cellular compartment such as a membrane or a p, c~aldlion thereof~ such as a membrane-p,epa~lion,may be prepared from a cell that expresses a molecule that binds NKAF II. such as a molecule of a signaling or regulatory pathway modulated by NKAF II. The plc,u~dLion is incubated with labeled NKAF II in the ~ksence or the presence of a candidate molecule which may be a NKAF II agonist or antagonist. The ability of the candidate molecule to bind the binding molecule is reflected in decreased binding of the labeled ligand. Molecules which bind gratuitously, i.e. without inducing the effects of NKAF II on binding the NKAF II
0 binding molecule. are most likely to be good antagonists. Molecules that bind well and elicit effects that are the same as or closely related to NKAF II are good agonists.
NKAF lI-like effects of potential agonists and antagonists may by measured~ for in~t~nre by deterrnining activity of a second messenger system following interaction of the candidate molecule with a cell or app,u,v~,ate cell ~.epa,alion. and colll~mg the effect with that of NKAF II or molecules that elicit the same effects as NKAF II. Second messenEer systems that may be useful in this regard include but are not limited to AMP guanylate cyclase ion channel or phosphoinositidehydrolysis second messenger systems.
Another exarnple of an assay for NKAF II antagonists is a co",p~liLive assay that combines NKAF II and a potential antagonist with membrane-bound NKAF II receptormolecules or recombinant NKAF II receptor molecules under a~ op,iate conditions for a competitive inhibition assay. ~IKAF II can be labeled. such as by radioactivity. such that the number of NKAF II molecules bound to a receptor molecule can be determined accurately to assess the effectiveness of the potential antagonist.
Potential antagonists include small organic molecules! peptides. polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity. Potential antagonists also may be small organic molecules. a peptide. a polypeptide such as a closelv related protein or antibody that binds the same sites on a binding molecule, such as a receptor molecule. without inducing NKAF II-in~iucecl activities. thereby preventing the action of NKAF II by excluding NKAF II from binding.
3 o Other potential antagonists include ~nti~en~e molecules. Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through antisense DNA or RNA or throu_h triple-helix CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 formation. Antisense techniques are discussed. for example. in - Okano. J. Neurochem. 56: 560 ( 1991 ); OLIGODEOXYNUCLEOTIDES AS ANTISENSE INHIBITORS OF GENE
EXPRESSION. CRC Press. Boca Raton. FL ( 19~8). Triple helix formation is discussed in, for instance Lee et al.. Nucleic Acids Research 6: 3073 (1979); Cooney et al.. Science 241: 456 s (1988); and Dervan et al.. Science 251: 1360 (1991). The methods are based on binding of a polynucleotide to a complementary DNA or RNA. For example. the ~' coding portion of a polynucleotide that encodes the mature polypeptide of the present invention may be used to design an anticen~e RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40 base pairs in length. A DNA
oligonucleotide is designPd to be complementary to a region of the gene (or promotor) involved 0 in transcription thereby preventing transcription and the production of NKAF II. The ~ntic~n~e RNA oli~onucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA in l~ivo and bloc~s translation of the mRNA
molecule into NKAF Il polypeptide. The oligonucleotides described above can also be delivered to cells such that the antisense RNA or DNA may be expressed in vil~o to inhibit production of NKAF II.
The antagonists may be employed in a composition with a ph~rm:~reutically acceptable carrier, e.g., as hereinafterdescribed.
The antagonists may be employed for instance to treat and/or prevent the action of such polypeptide. for example. to prevent allergic infl~mm~tion, hypersensitivity, bronchial asthma, eosinophilia. chronic urticaria. atopic derrnatitis~ Kimura's disease. and bone marrow transplant 2 o rejection.
Compositions The invention also relates to compositions comprising the polynucleotide or the polypeptides discussed above or the agonists or antagonists. Thus, the polypeptides of the present invention may be employed in combination with a non-sterile or sterile carrier or carriers for use with cells. tissues or org~ni~m~ such as a pharmaceutical calTier suitable for ~-imini~tration to a subject. Such compositions comprise. for in.ct~nce a media additive or a thc.apell~ically effective amount of a polypeptide of the invention and a pharm~relltically acceptable carrier or excipient. Such carriers may include, but are not limited to. saline, buffered 3 o saline. dextrose. water. glycerol. ethanol and combinations thereof. The formulation should suit the mode of ~flmini~tration.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Kits The invention further relates to pharrn~ceutical packs and kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the aforementioned compositions of the 5 inventiorl. Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture. use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products. reflecting approval by the agency of the m~m~factllre, use or sale of the product for human ~timinictration.
0 ~(lmini~tration Polypeptides and other compounds of the present invention may be employed alone or in conjunction with other compounds. such as therapeutic compounds.
The pharm~l~eutical compositions may be a~mini~tered in any effective. convenient manner including, for in~t~nre, a~ministration by topical. oral. anaL va~inal. intravenous, illlld~ oneal.intramuscular. subcutaneous. intranasal or intradermal routes among others.
The pharmaceutical compositions generally are ~lmini~tered in an arnount effective for treatment or prophylaxis of a specific indication or indications. In general. the compositions are aAmini~tered in an amount of at least about 10 mgAcg body weight. In most cases they will be ~rlmini~tered in an amount not in excess of about 8 mg/kg body weight per day. Preferably, in most cases. dose is from about 10 mg/kg to about I mg/kg bodv weight, daily. It will be appreciated that optimum dosage will be determined by standard methods for each tre~tment modality and indication, taking into account the indication. its severity, route of ~lminictration complicating conditions and the like.
2 5 Gene therapy The NKAF II polynucleotides. polypeptides, agonists and antagonists that are polypeptides may be employed in accordance with the present invention by ~:A~,fe;,~ion of such polypeptides in vivo, in treatment modalities often referred to as "gene therapy."
Thus, for example, cells from a patient may be en8ineered with a polynucleotide, such 3 o as a DNA or RNA, encoding a polypeptide ex vivo. and the en ineered cells then can be provided to a patient to be treated with the polypeptide. For example, cells may be Pnginloered CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97l37022 PCT/US97/05570 ex vivo by the use of a retroviral plasmid vector conr~ining RNA encoding a polypeptide of the present invention. Such methods are well-known in the art and their use in the present invention will be appa~ from the te~ching~ herein.
Similarly, cells may be engineered in vivo for expression of a polypeptide in vivo by - 5 procedures known in the art. For example, a polynucleotide of the invention may be engineered for e~ e~sion in a replication defective retroviral vector. as discussed above. The retroviral expression construct then may be isolated and introduced into a p~ck~lJinP cell is tr~n~ ced with a retroviral plasmid vector cont~ining RNA encoding a polypeptide of the present invention such that the pacl~sing cell now produces infectious viral particles cont~ining the 0 gene of interest. These producer cells may be ~rnini~tered to a patient for engin~ering cells in vivo and ex~,iession of the polypeptide in vivo. These and other methods for ~lmini~tering a polypeptide of the present invention by such method should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the te~chinSJ~ of the present invention.
Retroviruses from which the retroviral plasmid vectors herein above mentioned may be derived include. but are not limited to. Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus. spleen necrosis virus.
retroviruses such as Rous Sarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma Virus. avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus. human immunodeficiency virus. adenovirus. Myeloproliferative Sarcoma Virus, and m~mm~ry tumor virus. In one embodiment. the retroviral plasmid vector is derived from Moloney Murine ~eukPmi~ Virus.
Such vectors well include one or more promoters for expressing the polypeptide.
Suitable promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to. the retroviral LTR:
the SV40 promoter: and the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter described in Miller et al Biotechniques 7: 980-990 (1989), or any other promoter (e.g., cellular promoters such as eukaryotic cellular promoters including, but not limited to. the histone. RNA polymerase III.
and 13-actin promoters). Other viral promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to. adenovirus promoters. thymidine kinase (TK) promoters. and B19 parvovirus promoters. The selection of a suitable promoter will be ap~arel1t to those skilled in the art from the te~chinsg.c comained herein.
The nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the present invention will be 3 o placed under the control of a suitable promoter. Suitable promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to, adenoviral promoters. such as the adenoviral major late CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCTtUSg7/05570 promoter: or heterologous promoters. such as the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter: the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter: inducible promoters. such as the MMT promoter, the metallothionein promoter; heat shock promoters: the albumin promoter; the ApoAI
promoter: human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, such as the Herpes 5 Simplex thymidine kinase promoter: retroviral LTRs (including the modified retroviral LTRs herein above described); the 13-actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters. The promoter also may be the native promoter which controls the gene encoding the polypeptide.
The retroviral plasmid vector is employed to tr~n~duce p~k~ginP cell lines to form producer cell lines. Examples of p~Ck~ Ping cells which may be transfected include. but are not limited to. the PE501? PA317, Y-2. Y-AM, PA12, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, YCRE. YCRIP, GP+E-86. GP+envAm 12. and DAN cell lines as described in Miller. A., Human Gene Therapy 1: 5-14 (1990). The veclor may be tr~n~ ced into the p~k~Pin~ cells through any means known in the art. Such means include. but are not limited to. electroporation. the use of liposomes. and CaPO4 precipitation. In one alternative. the retroviral plasmid vector may be encapsulatedintoaliposome.orcoupledtoalipid~andthena-imini~t~redtoahost.
The producer cell line will generate infectious retroviral vector particles. which include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo. The tr~n~c~nred eukaryotic cells will express the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptide. Eukarvotic 2 o cells which may be tr~n~d1lce~1 include. but are not limited to. embryonic stem cells. embryonic carcinoma cells. as well as hematopoietic stem cells. hepatocvtes. fibroblasts. myoblasts~
keratinocytes. endothelial cells. and bronchial epithelial cells.
EXAMPLES
The present invention is further described by the following examples. The examples are provided solely to illustrate the invention by reference to specific embo~iim~ontc These exemplification s, while illustrating certain specific aspects of the invention. do not portray the limitations or circumscribe the scope of the disclosed invention.
3 o Certain terms used herein are explained in the foregoing glossary.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0S570 All examples were carried OUt using standard techniques. which are well known and routine to those of skill in the art. e~cept where otherwise described in detail. Routine molecular biology techniques of the following examples can be carried out as described in standard laboratory m~nll~ic~ such as Sambrook et al.~ MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY
~ 5 ~IANUAL. 2nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press~ Cold Spring Harbor. N.Y. (1989), herein referred to as "Sambrook."
All parts or arnounts set out in the following examples are by weight, unless otherwise specified.
Unless otherwise stated size separation of fr~gm~-nt~ in the examples below was carried 0 out using standard techniques of agarose and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis ("PAGE') in Sambrook and numerous other references such as. for instance. by Goeddel et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 8: 4057 (1980).
Unless described otherwise. Iigations were accomplished using standard buffers.
int ub~tion tt~ e,dl lres and times. approximately equimolar amounts of the DNA fr~gmçntc to be ligated and approximately 10 units of T4 DNA ligase ("ligase") per 0.5 mg of DNA.
Example I Expression and purification of mature human NKAF II using bacteria The DNA sequence enco ling hurnan NKAF Il in the deposited polynucleotide was amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers specific to the amino acid carboxyl terminal 2 o sequence of the hurnan NKAF Il protein and to vector sequences 3' to the gene. Additional nucleotides cont~ininP restriction sites to facilitate cloning were added to the 5' and 3' sequences respectively.
The 5' oligonucleotide primer had the sequence 5' CGC CCATGG AGA ATG ATG
CCC CCC AT 3' (SEQ ID NO:3) cont~ining the underlined Nco I restriction site, which 2 5 encodes a start AUG, followed by 17 nucleotides of the human NKAF II coding sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I) beginning with the first base of the first mature codon as predicted by the computer prograrn PSORT. The molecule encodes a particularly yl~f~ d fragment of the mature NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown as amino acid residues 3 to 208 in SEQ ID NO:2.
3 o The 3' primer had the sequence ~' CGC AAGCTT CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:4) cont~ining the underlined Hind III restriction site followed by nucleotides CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 complementary to the last 18 NKAF II non-codinv sequence next to StOp codon set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO: l ), including the stop codon.
The restrictions sites were convenient to restriction enzyme sites in the bacterial exl,.ession vectors pQE-60. which were used for bacterial expression in these examples.
5 (Qiagen. Inc. Chatsworth. CA). pQE-60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr") and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an IPTG inducible promoter~ a ribosome binding site ("RBS"), a 6-His tag and restrictionenzyme sites.
The amplified human NKAF II DNA and the vector pQE-60 both were digested with Nco I and Hind III and the digested DNAs then were ligated together. Insertion of the NKAF II
10 DNA into the restricted vector placed the NKAF II coding region downstream of and operably linked to the vector's IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initi~tin~ AUG
applo,ul iately positioned for translation of NKAF II .
The ligation mixture ~vas transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures. Such procedures are described in Sambrook et al.. MOLECULAR CLONING: A
LABORATORY MANUAL, 2nd Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (l989). E. coli strain Ml5/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses lac repressor and confers kanamycin resi~t~nre ("Kanr"), was used in carrying out the illustrative exarnple described here. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for ~x~ ssillg NKAF Il, is available commercially from Qiagen.
2 o Transformants were identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of arnpicillin. Plasmid DNA was isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA was confirmed by restriction analysis.
Clones cont~ining the desired constructs were grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplPmentt-d with both ampicillin ( l 00 ug/ml) and kanamycin (25 ug/ml).
The O/N culture was used to inoculate a large culture. at a dilution of approximately l: l 00 to 1:250. The cells were grown to an optical density at 600nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. Isopropyl-B-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG') was then added to a final conrentration of l mM to induce transcription from lac repressor sensitive promoters. by inactivating the lacl repressor. Cells subsequently were incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells 3 o then were harvested by centrifugation and disrupted. by standard methods. Inclusion bodies were purified from the disrupted cells using routine collection techniques. and protein was CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 solubilized from the inclusion bodies into 8M urea. The 8M urea solution cont~ining the solubilized protein was passed over a PD-10 column in 2X phosphate buffered saline ("PBS"), thereby removing the urea. exch~nginP the buffer and refolding the protein. The protein was purified by a further step of chromatography to remove endotoxin. Then. it was sterile filtered.
~ 5 The sterile filtered protein preparation was stored in 2X PBS at a concentration of 95 micrograms per mL.
Analysis of the ~lc~aldlion by standard methods of polyacrvlamide gel electrophoresis revealed that the prel)~alion contained about 95% monomer NKAF II having the expected molecularweight of, approximately,23.3 kDa.
Example2 Cloning and expression of human NKAF II in a baculovirus expression system The cDNA sequence encoding the full length human NKAF II protein. in the deposited clone is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the ~' and 3' sequences ofthe gene:
The 5' primer has the sequence ~' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC
TTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:5) cont~ining the underlined Bam HI restriction enzvme site followed by 15 bases of the sequence of NKAF II of Figure l (SEQ ID NO: 1). Inserted into an expression vector, as described below, the 5 end of the amplified fragment encoding human NKAF II
2 o provides an efficient signal peptide. An efficient signal for initiation of translation in eukaryotic cells. as described by Kozak. M.. J. Mol. Biol. 196: 947-950 (1987) is appropriately located in the vector portion of the construct.
The 3' primer has the sequence 5' CGC GGT ACC CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:6) cont~ining the underlined Asp718 restriction followed by nucleotides 2 5 complementary to 18 nucleotides of NKAF II non-coding sequence next to stop codon.
The amplified fragment is isolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available kit ("Geneclean." BIO l01 Inc.. La Jolla. Ca.). The fragment then is digested with BamHl and Asp718 and again is purified on a 1% agarose gel. This fragment is de~ign~te~
herein F2.
3 o The vector pA2 is used to express the NKAF II protein in the baculovirus expression system. using standard methods. such as those described in Summers et al, A MANUAL OF
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97137022 PCTrUS97/05570 METHODS FOR BACULOVIRUS VECTORS AND INSECT CELL CULTURE
PROCEDURES. Texas Agricultural Experimental Station Bulletin No. IS55 (1987). This e~pression vector contains the strong polyhedrin promoter of the Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV) followed by convenient restriction siles. The signal peptide of AcMNPV gp67. including the N-terrninal methionine, is located just upstream of a Barn~l site.
The polvadenylationsite of the simian virus 40 ("SV40") is used for efficient polyadenylation.
For an easy selection of recombinant virus the beta-galactosidasegene from E.coli is inserted in the same orientation as the polyhedrin promoter and is followed by the polyadenylation signal of the polyhedrin gene. The polyhedrin sequences are flanked at both sides by viral sequences 0 for cell-mediated homologous recombination with wild-type viral DNA to generate viable virus that express the cloned polynucleotide.
~any other baculovirus vectors could be used in place of pA2. such as pAc373.
pVL941 and pAcIMI provided, as those of skill readily will appreciate. that construction provides a~"opliately located signals for transcription~ translation. trafficking and the like, such as an in-frame AUG and a signal peptide. as required. Such vectors are described in Luckow et al., Virology 170: 31-39. among others.
The plasmid is digested with the restriction enzymes and Bam HI and Asp7 18 and then is dephosphorylated using calf i-lle~l;n~l phosph~t~e. using routine procedures known in the art. The DNA is then isolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available kit 2 o ("Geneclean"BIO 101 Inc.~LaJolla,Ca.). ThisvectorDNAis~ sign~t~dherein"V2".
Fragment F2 and the dephosphorylated plasmid V2 are li ated to ether w ith T4 DNA
ligase. E.coli HB101 cells are transformed with ligation mix and spread on culture plates.
Bacteria are identified that contain the plasmid with the human NKAF Il gene by digesting DNA from individual colonies using Bam HI and Asp718 and then analyzing the digestion product by gel electrophoresis. The sequence of the cloned fragment is confirmed by DNA
sequencing. This plasmid is df ~ign~t~cl herein pBacNKAF II.
5 mg of the plasmid pBacNKAF II is co-transfected with 1.0 mg of a commercially available linearized baculovirus DNA ("BaculoGoldO baculovirus DNA", Pharrningen, San Diego. CA.), using the lipofection method described by Felgner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 84: 7413-7417 (1987). Img of BaculoGoldO virus DNA and 5 mg of the plasmid pBacNKAF II are mixed in a sterile well of a microtiter plate cont~ining 50 ml of serurn free CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Grace!s medium (Life Technologies Inc.. Gaithersburg. MD). Afterwards 10 ml Lipofectin plus 90 ml Grace's medium are added. mixed and incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature.
Then the transfection mixture is added drop-wise to Sf9 insect cells (ATCC CRL 171 1 ) seeded in a 35 mm tissue culture plate with I ml Grace's medium without serum. The plate is rocked 5 baclc and forth to mi~c the newly added solution. The plate is then incubated for S hours at 27~C.
After S hours the transfection solution is removed from the plate and 1 ml of Grace's insect medium suppl~?m~ntecl with 10% fetal calf serum is added. The plate is put back into an incubator and cultivation is continued at 27~C for four days.
After four days the supernatant is collected and a plaque assay is performed, as0 described by Summers and Smith. cited above. An agarose gel with "Blue Gal" (Life Technolo_ies Inc.. Gaithersburg) is used to allow easy identification and isolation of gal-e:cpressing clones~ which produce blue-stained plaques. (A detailed description of a "plaque assay" of this type can also be found in the user's guide for insect cell culture and baculovirology distributed by Life Technologies Inc.. Gaithersburg, page 9-10).
Four days aRer serial dilution. the virus is added to the cells. After app~ ate incubation, blue stained plaques are picked with the tip of an Eppendorf pipette. The agar cont~iningthe recombinantviruses is then resuspended in an Eppendorftube cont~ining 200 ml of Grace's medium. The agar is removed by a brief centrifugation and the s~lpern~t~nt cont~inin~the recombinantbaculovirusis used to infect Sf9 cells seeded in 35 mm dishes. Four 2 o days later the supernatants of these culture dishes are harvested and then they are stored at 4~C.
A clone cont~ining properly inserted NKAF II is identified by DNA analysis including restriction mapping and sequencing This is desi gn~t~d herein as V-NKAF II.
Sf9 cells are grown in Grace's medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS.
The cells are infected with the recombinant baculovirus V-NKAF II at a multiplicity of 2 s infection ("MOI") of about 2 (about 1 to about 3). Six hours later the medium is removed and is replaced with SF900 II medium minus methionine and cysteine (available from LifeTechnolo_ies Inc., Gaithersburg). 42 hours later. 5 mCi of 35S-methionine and 5 mCi 35S
cysteine (available from Amersham) are added. The cells are further incubated for 16 hours and then they are harvested by centrifugation. Iysed and the labeled proteins are visualized by SDS-3 o PAGE and autoradiography.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W 097/37022 rcTrusg7/o5570 The N-terminal sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide produced according to the above method was determinedto begin with the amino acid residue l as shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
Example 3 Expression of NKAF II in COS cells The expression plasmid. NKAF II HA? is made bv cloning a cDNA encoding NKAF II
into the expression vector pcDNAI/Amp (which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.).
The expression vector pcDNAI/amp contains: (l) an E.coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and other prokaryotic cell; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-conr~ining prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for 0 propagation in eukaryotic cells; (4) a CMV promoter, a polylinker, an SV40 intron, and a polyadenylation signal arranged so that a cDNA conveniently can be placed under ~Aplession control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polvadenylation si~nal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker.
A DNA fragment encoding the entire NKAF II precursor and a HA tag fused in frame to its 3' end is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter. The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza h~-m~pglutinin protein described by Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 ( 1984). The fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection of the recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA epitope.
2 o The plasmid construction strategy is as follows.
The NKAF II cDNA of the deposit clone is amplified usin~ primers that contained convenient restriction sites. much as described above regarding the construction of ~x~)re~ion vectors for expression of NKAF II in E. coli and S. furgiperda.
To facilitate detection, purification and characterization of the expressed NKAF II, one 2 5 of the primers contains a h~m~glutinin tag ("HA tag") as described above.
Suitable primers include that following, which are used in this example.
The 5' primer 5' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC TTG 3' (SEQ ID
NO:7) contains the underlined Bam HI site. an AUG start codon and l 5 codons thereafter.
The 3' primer. Cont~ining the underlined Xba I site; 15 bp of 3' coding sequence (at the 3 o 3' end); and hemagluttininta_ has the following sequence, 5' CGC TCT AGA TCA AGC GTA
GTC TGG GAC GTC GTA TGG GTA GAA GGA GCA GAC GAA 3' (SEQ ID NO:8).
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97t37022 PCT/US97/05570 The PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector. pcDNAI/Amp. are digested with andthen ligated. The ligation mixture is transformed into E. coli strain SURE (available from Stratagene Cloning Systems. 11099 North Torrey Pines Road. La Jolla. CA 9~037) the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow 5 growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and ex~min~d by restriction analysis and gel sizing for the presence of the NKAF II-encoding fragment.
For expression of recombinant NKAF II, COS cells are transfected with an e~l),ession vector. as described above, using DEAE-DEXTRAN. as described. for instance, in Sambrook et 0 al., MOLECULAR CLONTNG: A LABORATORY MANUAL~ Cold Spring Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor. New York ( 1989).
Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of NKAF II by the vector.
Expression of the NKAF II HA fusion protein is detected bv radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation.using methods described in, for e~ample Harlow et al.. ANTIBODIES: A
LABORATORY MANUAL, ~nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laborator Press. Cold Spring Harbor. New York (1988). To this end. two days after transfection. the cells are labeled by in~ubation in media cont~inin~ 35S-cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the Iysed with d~l~.genl-cont~iningRIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCI, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 1% NP-40. 0.5% DOC~ 50 mM TRIS~ pH 7.5. as described by Wilson et 2 C al. cited above. Proteins are precipitated from the cell Iysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibodv. The precipitated proteins then are analvzed by SDS-PAGE gels and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell Iysate. which is not seen in negative controls.
2 5 Example 4 Tissue distribution of NKAF Il expression Northern blot analysis is carried out to examine the levels of expression of NKAF II in human tissues. using methods described by, among others. Sambrook et al. cited above. Total cellular RNA samples are isolated with RNAzolO B system (Biotecx Laboratories. Inc. 6023 South Loop East. Houston. TX 77033).
3 o About 10mg of Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples. The RNA is size resolved by electrophoresis through a 1% agarose gel under strongly denaturing conditions. RNA is CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 blotted from the gel onto a nylon filter. and the filter then is prepared for hybridization to a detectably labeled polynucleotideprobe.
As a probe to detect mRNA that encodes NKAF II. the antisense strand of the coding region of the cDNA insert in the deposited clone is labeled to a high specific activity. The cDNA is labeled by primer extension. using the Prime-It kit. available from Stratagene. The reaction is carried out using 50 ng of the cDNA, following the standard reaction protocol as recommended by the supplier. The labeled polynucleotide is purified away from other labeled reaction components by column chromatography using a Select-G-50 column. obtained from 5-Prime - 3-Prime. Inc. of 5603 Arapahoe Road, Boulder, CO 80303.
0 The labeled probe is hybridized to the filter, at a concentrationof 1.000,000 cpm/ml, in a small volume of 7% SDS, 0.5 M NaPO4. pH 7.4 at 65~C. overnight.
Thereafter the probe solution is drained and the filter is washed twice at room temperatureand twice at 60~C with 0.5 x SSC, 0.1% SDS. The filterthen is dried and exposed to film at -70~C ovemightwith an intensifyingscreen.
Autoradiography shows that mRNA for NKAF II is abundant in fetal liver and bone marrow.
F.Y~-nrle 5 Gene therapeutic expression of human NKAF II
Fibroblasts are obtained from a subject by skin biopsy. The resulting tissue is placed in 2 o tissue-culture medium and separated into small pieces. Small chunks of the tissue are placed on a wet surface of a tissue culture flask. approximately ten pieces are placed in each flask. The flask is turned upside down. closed tight and left at room t~ l dlure overnight. After 24 hours at room t~ e,al~lre, the flask is inverted - the chunks of tissue remain fixed to the bottom of the flask - and fresh media is added (e.g., Ham's F12 media. with 10% FBS, penicillin and 2 5 streptomycin). The tissue is then incubated at 37~C for approximately one week. At this time.
fresh media is added and subsequently changed every several days. After an additional two weeks in culture. a monolayer of fibroblasts emerges. The monolayer is trypsinized and scaled into larger flasks.
A vector for gene therapy is digested with restriction enzymes for cloning a fragment to 3 o be expressed. The digested vector is treated with calf intestinal phosph~t~ce to prevent self-ligation. The dephosphorylated. Iinear vector is fractionated on an agarose gel and purified.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 NKAF II cDNA capable of expressinQ active NKAF II. is isolated. The ends of the fragment are modified. if necessary, for cloning into the vector. For inct~nce- 5" overh~nging may be treated with DNA polymerase to create blunt ends. 3' overh~nging ends may be removed using S l nuclease. Linkers may be ligated to blunt ends with T4 DNA ligase.
~ 5 Equal quantities of the Molonev murine leukemia virus linear backbone and the NKAF
II fragment are mixed together and joined using T4 DNA ligase. The ligation mixture is used to transform E. Coli and the bacteria are then plated onto agar-cont~ining kanarnycin. Kanamycin phenotype and restriction analysis confirm that the vector has the properly inserted gene.
Parl~gin~ cells are gro~vn in tissue culture to confluent density in Dulbecco's Modified 0 Eagles Medium (DMEM) with 10% calf serum (CS), penicillin and streptomycin. The vector cont~ining the NKAF II gene is introduced into the p~ck~ing cells by standard techniques.
Infectious viral particles cont~ininsg the NKAF II gene are collected from the p~k~gjng cells, which now are called producer cells.
Fresh media is added to the producer cells, and after an a~plopliate incubation period media is harvested from the plates of confluent producer cells. The media, cont~ining the infectious viral particles~ is filtered through a Millipore filter to remove det~ Pd producer cells.
The filtered media then is used to infect fibroblast cells. Media is removed from a sub-confluent plate of fibroblasts and quickly replaced with the filtered media. Polybrene (Aldrich) may be included in the media to facilitate transduction. After al,~.opliate incubation, the media is removed and replaced with fresh media. If the titer of virus is high, then virtually all fi~roblasts will be infected and no selection is re4uired. If the titer is low. then it is necess~ry to use a retroviral vector that has a selectable marker. such as neo or his. to select out tr~ncdsleed cells for expansion.
FnginPered fibroblasts then may be injected into rats. either alone or after having been gro~vn to confluence on microcarrier beads~ such as cytodex 3 beads. The injected fibroblasts produce NKAF II product. and the biological actions of the protein are conveyed to the host.
Example 6 Expression of recombinant NKAF II in CHO cells The vector pCl is used for the exl)~es~ion of NKAF II protein. Plasmid pCl is a 3 o derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr [ATCC Accession No. 3 7 l 46]. Both plasmids contain the mouse DHFR ,~ene under control of the SV40 early promoter. Chinese hamster ovary- or other CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM. Lift Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate ~MTX) has been well documented (see, e.g., Alt. F.W.~ Kellems, R.M., Bertino, J.R.. and Schimke. R.T., 1978, J. Biol. Chem.253:1357-1370.Hamlin. J.L. and Ma~ C.1990. Biochem. et Biophys. Acta. 1097:107-143.Page, M.J. and Svclerlh~m~ M.A. 1991, Biotechnology Vol. 9:64-68). Cells grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the drug by overproducing the target enzyme. DHFR. as a result of amplificationof the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the DHFR gene it is usually co-amplified and o over-expressed. It is state of the art to develop cell lines carrying more than I ,000 copies of the genes. Subsequently. when the methotrexate is withdrawn. cell lines contain the amplified gene integrated into the chromosome(s).
Plasmid pC I contains for the expression of the gene of interest a strong promoter of the long terminal repeat ~LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus (Cullen. et al.. Molecular and Cellular Biology, March 1985, 438-4470) plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immerli~te early gene of human cytomegalovirus (CMV) (Boshart et al., Cell 41:521-530, 1985).
Do~"sL~ ll of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: BamHI, Pvull, and Nrul. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains translational stop codons in all three reading frames followed by the 3' intron 2 0 and the polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high efficient promoters can also be used for the e~ essiom e.g., the human 13-actin promoter. the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses. e.g., HIV and HTLVI. For the polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals. e.g., from the human growth horrnone or globin genes can be used as well.
2 5 Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosome can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g. G418 plus methotrexate.
The plasmid pC 1 is digested with the restriction enzyme BamHI and then 3 o dephosphorylatedusing calf intestinal phosph~t~ceby procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolated from a I % agarose gel.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05570 The DNA sequence encoding NKAF II. 9746S is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers correspondingto the 5' and 3' sequences of the gene:
The 5' primer has the sequence ~' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC
TTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:9) containing the underlined Bam HI restriction enzyme site followed by 15 bases of the sequence of NKAF II of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I). The 3' primer has the sequence 5' CGC GGT ACC CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:I0) containing the underlined Asp7 18 restriction followed by nucleotides complementary to 18 nucleotides of NKAF II non-coding sequence next to stop codon.
The amplified fragments are isolated from a 1% agarose gel as described above and then 0 digested with the endonuclease BamHI and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel.
The isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA
ligase. E.coli HBIOI cells are then transformed and bacteria identified that contained the plasmid pCl inserted in the correct orientation using the restriction enzyme BamHI. The sequence of the inserted gene is confirmed bv DNA sequencing.
Transfection of CHO-DHFR-cells Chinese hamster ovary cells lac~in_ an active DHFR enzyme are used for transfection.
5 mg of the exl,les~ion plasmid C I are cotransfected with 0.5 mg of the plasmid pSVneo using the lipofectin method (Felgner et al.~ supra). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dolllh~
2 o selectable marker. the gene neo from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with I
mg/ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner. Germany) and cultivated from 10-14 days. After this period, single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6-well petri dishes using different concentrations of methotrexate (25. 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 400 nm). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6-well plates cont~ining even higher concentrations of methotrexate (500 nM. I mM. 2 mM. 5 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones grow at a concentrationof 100 mM.
The expression of the desired gene product is analyzed by Western blot analysis and 3 o SDS-PAGE.
W O 97/37022 rCT~US97/OS570 It will be clear that the invention mav be practiced otherwise than as particularly described in the fore~oin~ description and exarnples.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT: NI, JIAN
LI, HAODONG
YU, GUO-LIANG
GENTZ, REINER L.
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: HUMAN NATURAL KILLER CELL ACTIVATION
FACTOR II
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 11 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: HUMAN GENOME SCIENCES, INC.
(B) STREET: 9410 REY WEST AVENUE
(C) CITY: ROCRVILLE
(D) STATE: MD
(E) COUNTRY: US
(F) ZIP: 20850 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS~MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: PatentIn Release #1.0, Version #1.30 (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii) AllOR~Y/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: BROOKES, ANDERS A.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 36,373 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: PF266 (ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (301) 309-8504 (B) TELEFAX: (301) 309-8512 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 857 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRA~n~N~.~S: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (ix) FEATURE:
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTnUS97/05570 (A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 82..756 (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAMEJKEy: sig_peptide (B) LOCATION: ~2..130 (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide (B) LOCATION: 133..7S6 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
Met Gln Arg Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Phe Leu CTG CTG GGA ACA GTT TCT GCT CTT CAT CTG GAG AAT GAT GCC CCC CAT 15g Leu Leu Gly Thr Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Glu Asn Asp Ala Pro ~is Leu Glu Ser Leu Glu Thr Gln Ala Asp Leu Gly Gln Asp Leu Asp Ser Ser Lys Glu Gln Glu Arg Asp Leu Ala Leu Thr Glu Glu Val Ile Gln Ala Glu Gly Glu Glu Val Lys Ala Ser Ala Cys Gln Asp Asn Phe Glu Asp Glu Glu Ala Met Glu Ser Asp Pro Ala Ala Leu Asp Lys Asp Phe Gln Cys Pro Arg Glu Glu Asp Ile Val Glu Val Gln Gly Ser Pro Arg Cys Lys Thr Cys Arg Tyr Tyr Leu Val Arg Thr Pro Lys Thr Phe Ala Glu Ala Gln Ile Val Cys Ser Arg Cys Tyr Gly Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asp Phe Asn Phe Asn Tyr Arg Ile Met Cys Ile Ser Asn Thr CA 022~0269 l998-09-28 Val Asn Gln Ala Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Asn Leu Arg Gly Trp Phe Leu Trp Lys Arg Phe Cys Trp Thr Asp Gly Ser His Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ser Pro Gly Gln Pro Gly Asn Gly Gln Gly Ser Cys Val Ala 170 175 180 '85 Leu Cys Thr Lys Gly Gly Tyr Trp Arg Arg Thr Gln Cys Asp Lys Gln Leu Pro Phe Val Cys Ser Phe AA~AAAAAAA A 857 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
(i) S~Uu~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 225 amino acids (L) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
Met Gln Arg Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Phe Leu Leu Leu Gly Thr Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Glu Asn Asp Ala Pro His Leu Glu Ser Leu Glu Thr l 5 10 15 ~ln Ala Asp Leu Gly Gln Asp Leu Asp Ser Ser Lys Glu Gln Glu Arg ~sp Leu Ala Leu Thr Glu Glu Val Ile Gln Ala Glu Gly Glu Glu Val Lys Ala Ser Ala Cys Gln Asp Asn Phe Glu Asp Glu Glu Ala Met Glu Ser Asp Pro Ala Ala Leu Asp Lys Asp Phe Gln Cys Pro Arg Glu Glu Asp Ile Val Glu Val Gln Gly Ser Pro Arg Cys Lys Thr Cys Arg Tyr CA 022~0269 l998-09-28 W O 97l37022 PCT~US97/05570 ~yr Leu Val Arg Thr Pro Lys Thr Phe Ala Glu Ala Gln Ile Val Cys ~er Arg Cys Tyr Gly Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asp Phe Asn Phe Asn Tyr Arg Ile Met Cys Ile Ser Asn Thr Val Asn Gln Ala Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Asn Leu Arg Gly Trp Phe Leu Trp Lys Arg Phe Cys Trp Thr Asp Gly Ser His Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ser Pro Gly Gln ~ro Gly Asn Gly Gln Gly Ser Cys Val Ala Leu Cys Thr Lys Gly Gly ~yr Trp Arg Arg Thr Gln Cys Asp Lys Gln Leu Pro Phe Val Cys Ser Phe ~2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 26 base pairs ~B) TYPE: nucleic acid ~C) sTR~NnFn~s single ~D) TOPOLOGY: linear ~ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA ~genomic) (xi) S~Qu~N~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
(2) lN~O~IATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRAWDEDNESS: single ~D) TOPOLOGY: linear ~ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:5:
U~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pa1rs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) ~xi) ~yu~N~:DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l-llG 30 2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 ~ase pairs ~B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRAN~EJN~SS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) ~u~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
~2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
yu~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) sTRA~nFnN~s single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l~llG 30 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
_59_ CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05570 (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 54 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic~
(Xi) S~QU~NC~: DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8:
CG~lulAGAT CAAGCGTAGT CTGGGACGTC GTATGGGTAG AAGGAGCAGA CGAA 54 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:9:
( i ) S ~:~U~N-U~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l~ll~ 30 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
QD~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STR~NDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (Xi) ~U~:NU~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
CGCGGTACCC TCCGTGCCGC T ~TTA 27 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
( i ) ~U ~:N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 222 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (xi) SEQUENCE DESC2IPTION: SEQ ID NO: 11:
Met Lys Leu Pro Leu Leu Leu Ala Leu Leu Phe Gly Ala Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Arg Ser Glu Thr Ser Thr Phe Glu Thr Pro Leu Gly Ala Lys Thr Leu Pro Glu Asp Glu Glu Thr Pro Glu Gln Glu Met Glu Glu Thr Pro Cys Arg Glu Leu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Trp Gly Ser Gly Ser Glu Asp Ala Ser Lys Lys Asp Gly Ala Val Glu Ser Ile Ser Val Pro Asp Met Val Asp Lys Asn Leu Thr Cys Pro Glu Glu Glu Asp Thr Val Lys Val Val Gly Ile Pro Gly Cys Gln Thr Cys Arg Tyr Leu Leu Val Arg Ser Leu Gln Thr Phe Ser Gln Ala Trp Phe Thr Cys Arg Arg Cys Tyr Arg Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asn Phe Asn Ile Asn Tyr Arg Ile Gln Cys Ser Val Ser Ala Leu Asn Gln Gly Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Arg Ile Thr Gly Ser Gly Arg Cys Arg Arg Phe Gln Trp Val Asp Gly Ser Arg Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ala Ala His Gln Pro Trp Ser Arg Gly Gly His Cys Val Ala Leu Cys Thr Arg Gly Gly Tyr Trp Arg Arg Ala His Cys Leu Arg Arg Leu Pro Phe Ile Cys Ser Tyr
0 ISOLATED means altered "by the hand of man" from its natural state; i.e.. that~ if it occurs in nature. it has been changed or removed from its original environment. or both.
For example. a naturally occurring polynucleotide or a polypeptide naturally present in a living animal in its natural state is not "isolated," but the same polynucleotide or polypeptide separated from the coexisting materials of its natural state is "isolated", as the term is employed 5 herein. For exarnple. with respect to polynucleotides. the term isolated means that it is separated from the chromosome and cell in which it naturally occurs.
As part of or following isolation, such polynucleotides can be joined to other polynucleotides, such as DNAs. for mutagenesis, to form fusion proteins, and for propagation or c~yl~s~ion in a host~ for in~t~nre The isolated polynucleotides. alone or joined to other 20 polynucleotides such as vectors. can be introduced into host cells. in culture or in whole org~nicm~. Introduced into host cells in culture or in whole orP;~nismc. such DNAs still would be isolated, as the term is used herein. because they would not be in their naturally occurring form or environrnent. Similarly, the polynucleotides and polypeptides may occur in a composition, such as a media formulations. solutions for introduction of polynucleotides or 25 polypeptides, for example, into cells. compositions or solutions for chemical or enzymatic reactions. for in~t~nre which are not naturally occurring compositions. and. therein remain isolated polynucleotides or polypeptides within the me~nin~ of that term as it is employed herein.
LIGATION refers to the process of forrning phosphodiesterbonds between two or more 3 o polynucleotides. which most often are double stranded DNAs. Techniques for ligation are well known to the art and protocols for ligation are described in standard laboratory m~n~ and CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 references. such as. for instance. Sambrook et al.. MOLECULAR CLONING. A
LABORATORY MANUAL. ~nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Cold Spring Harbor. New York ( 1989) and Maniatis et al., pg. 146. as cited below.
OLIGONUCLEOTIDE(S) refers to relativelv short polvnucleotides. Often the term 5 refers to single-stranded deoxyribonucleotides. but it can refer as well to single-or double-stranded ribonucleotides, RNA:DNA hybrids and double-strandedDNAs, among others.Oligonucleotides. such as single-stranded DNA probe oligonucleotides. often are synthesized by chemical methods. such as those implemented on automated oligonucleotide synthe~i7~rs. However, oligonucleotidescan be made by a variety of other methods, including in vitro recombinant DNA-mediated techniques and by expression of DNAs in cells and org~ni.~m~.
Initially. chemically synthesi7~-1 DNAs typicallv are obtained without a 5' phosphate.
The 5' ends of such oligonucleotides are not substrates for phosphodiester bond forrnation by ligation reactions that employ DNA ligases typically used to form recombinantDNA molecules.
5 Where ligation of such oligonucleotides is desired. a phosphate can be added by standard techni~ues. such as those that employ a kinase and ATP.
The 3' end of a chemically synthesi7~-d oligonucleotide generally has a free hydroxyl group and~ in the presence of a ligase. such as T4 DNA ligase. readily will form a phosphodiester bond with a 5' phosphate of another polynucleotide. such as another 2 o oligonucleotide. As is well known. this reaction can be prevented selectively, where desired. by removingthe ~' phosphatesofthe otherpolynucleotide(s)priorto ligation.
PLASMIDS generally are designated herein by a lower case p preceded and/or followed by capital letters andlor numbers. in accordance ~vith standard naming conventions that are familiar to those of skill in the art.
2 s Starting plasmids disclosed herein are either commercially available. publicly available on an unrestricted basis. or can be constructed from available plasmids by routine application of well known. published procedures. Many plasmids and other cloning and t~ es~ion vectors that can be used in accordance with the present invention are well known and readily available to those of skill in the art. Moreover. those of skill readily may construct any number of other 30 plasmids suitable for use in the invention. The properties. construction and use of such CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97105570 plasmids. as well as other vectors. in the present invention will be readily apparem tO those of skill from the present disclosure.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE(S) generally refers to any poiyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide.which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA.
Thus, for instance. polynucleotides as used herein refers to~ among others. single-and double-stranded DNA. DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions. single- and double-stranded RNA. and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded re_ions. hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or. more typically, double-stranded or a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions. In addition~ polynucleotide as 0 used herein refers to triple-strandedregions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA.
The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The regions may include all of one or more of the molecules. but more typically involve only a region of some of the molecules. One of the molecules of a triple-helical region often is an oligonucleotide.
As used herein. the term polynucleotide includes DNAs or RNAs as described abovethat contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are "polynucleotides" as that term is int~ntle~ herein. Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine. or modified bases. such as tritylated bases, to name just two examples. are polynucleotidesas the term is used herein.2 o It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful purposes known to those of skill in the art. The terrn polynucleotide as it is employed herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of polynucleotides, as well as the chemical forms of DNA and RNA characteristicof viruses and cells, including simple and complex cells. inter aiia.
POLYPEPTIDES. as used herein, includes all polypeptides as described below. The basic structure of polypeptides is well known and has been described in innumerable textbooks and other publications in the art. In this context. the term is used herein to refer to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other in a linear chain by peptide bonds. As used herein, the terrn refers to both short chains. which also comrnonly are referred 3 o to in the art as peptides. oligopeptides and oligomers. for example. and to longer chains. which generally are referred to in the art as proteins. of which there are many types. It will be CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 rCTAUS97/05570 appreciated that polypeptides often contain amino acids other than the 20 amino acids commonly referred to as the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. and that many amino acids, including the terminal amino acids~ may be modified in a given polypeptide. either by natural processes. such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical 5 modification techniques which are well known to the art. Even the common modifications that occur naturally in polypeptides are too numerous to list exhaustively here. but they are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs. as well as in a voluminous research literature. and they are well known to those of skill in the art.
Arnong the known modifications which may be present in polypeptides of the present are. to name an illustrative few, acetylation, acylation. ADP-ribosylation. amidation, covalent chment of flavin. covalent ~tt~ ment of a heme moiety, covalent att~rhment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative. covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative. covalent ~ rhment of phosphotidylinositoL cross-linkinE, cyclization~ disulfide bond formation~ demethylation.
formation of covalent cross-links. formation of cystine, formation of pyroglut~rn~te 5 formylation. gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor forrnation, hydroxylation.
iodination. methylation, myristoylation. oxidation. proteolytic processing, phosphorylation.
prenylation. racemization, selenoylation~ sulfation, transfer-RNA me~ t.-d addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation. and ubiquitination.
Such modifications are well known to those of skill and have been described in great 2 o detail in the scientific literature. Several particularly comrnon modifications, glycosylation.
Iipid ~tt~chm~nt sulfation. garnma-carboxylationof glutarnic acid residues, hydroxylationand ADP-ribosylation. for instance~ are described in most basic te~ts7 such as, for instance PROTEINS - STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES. 2nd Ed., T. E. Creighton.
W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993). Many detailed reviews are available on this 2 5 subject. such as, for example. those provided by Wold, F.. Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects. pgs. 1-12 in POSTTRANSLATIONAL
COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS7 B. C. Johnson. Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); SeiRer et al., Analysis for protein modifications and nonprotein cofactors. Meth.
Enzymol. 182: 626-646 (1990) and Rattan et al.. Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational 3 o Modifications and Aging7 Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663: 48-62 (1992).
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05S70 It will be apprecialed. as is well known and as noted above. that polypeptides are not always entirely linear. For instance. polypeptides may be branched as a result of ubiquitination.
and they may be circular. with or without branching. generally as a result of posttranslation events. including natural processing event and events brought about by human manipulation 5 which do not occur naturally. Circular. branched and branched circular polypeptides may be synth~si7Pd by non-translationnatural process and by entirely synthetic methods. as well.
Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide. including the peptide backbone. the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl terrnini. In fact. blockage of the amino or carboxyl group in a polypeptide~ or both, by a covalent modification, is common in naturally 0 occurring and synthetic polypeptides and such modifications may be present in polypeptides of the present invention. as well. For in~t~nre the amino terminal residue of polypeptides made in E. coli. prior to proteolytic processing~ almost invariably will be N-formylmethionine.
The modifications that occur in a polypeptide often will be a function of how it is made.
For polypeptides made by expressing a cloned gene in a host. for instance. the nature and extent 5 of the modifications in large part will be determined by the host cell posttranslational modification capacity and the modification signals present in the polypeptide amino acid sequence. For instance. as is well known. glycosylation often does not occur in bacterial hosts such as E. coli. Accordingly, when glycosylation is desired, a polypeptide should be ~ c~sed in a glycosylating host. generally a eukaryotic cell. Insect cell often carry out the sarne 2 0 posttranslational glycosylations as m~mm~ n cells and~ for this reason. insect cell expression systems have been developed to express efficiently m~mm~ n proteins having native patterns of glycosylation. inter aiia. Similar considerations apply to other modifications.
lt will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain 2 s many types of modifications.
In general. as used herein. the term polypeptide encompasses all such modifications.
particularly those that are present in polypeptides synthesi7~d by expressing a polynucleotide in a host cell.
VARIANT(S) of polynucleotides or polypeptides, as the terrn is used herein, are 30 polynucleotides or polypeptides that differ from a reference polynucleotide or polypeptide.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 respectively. Variants in this sense are described below and elsewhere in Ihe present disclosure in greater detail.
(I) A polynucleotide that differs in nucleotide sequence from another. referencepolynucleotide. Generally. differences are limited so that the nucleotide sequences of the reference and the variant are closely similar overall and. in many regions. identical.
As noted below. changes in the nucleotide sequence of the variant may be silent. That is. they may not alter the amino acids encoded by the polynucleotide. Where alterations are limited to silent chan_es of this type a variant will encode a polypeptide vvith the same amino acid sequence as the lef~l~nce. Also as noted below, changes in the nucleotide sequence of the 0 variant may alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide encoded by the reference polynucleotide. Such nucleotide changes may result in amino acid substitutions. additions.
deletions. fusions and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence. as discussed below.
(2) A polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from another. reference polypeptide. Generally. dirre-ences are limited so that the sequences of the reference and the variant are closelv similar overall and. in many region. identical.
A variant and reference polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence by one or more substitutions, additions, deletions~ fusions and truncations. which may be present in any combination.
2 0 RECEPTOR MOLECULE. as used herein. refers to molecules which bind or interact specifically with NKAF II polypeptides of the present invention. including not only classic receptors. which are preferred. but also other molecules that specifically bind to or interact with polypeptides of the invention (which also may be referred to as "binding molecules" and "interaction molecules." respectively and as "NKAF Il binding molecules" and "NKAF Il interaction molecules." Binding between polypeptides of the invention and such molecules.
including receptor or binding or interaction molecules may be exclusive to polypeptides of the invention. which is very highly preferred. or it may be highly specific for polypeptides of the invention. which is highly preferred. or it may be highly specific to a group of proteins that includes polypeptides of the invention. which is ~)lef~ d. or it may be specific to several 3 o groups of proteins at least one of which includes polypeptides of the invention.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Receplors also may be non-na~urallv occurring. such as antibodies and antibodv-derived reagents that bind specifically to polypeptides of the invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel NKAF II polypeptides and polvnucleotides~among other things, as described in greater detail below. In particular. the invention relates to polypeptides and polynucleotides of a novel human NKAF II. which is related by amino acid sequence homology to human eosinophil granule major basic protein. The invention relates especially to NKAF II having the nucleotide and amino acid sequences set out in Fi~ure l (SEQ
0 ID NO: I and 2). and to the NKAF II nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the human cDNA
in ATCC Deposit No. 97465 which is herein referred to as "the deposited clone'' or as the "cDNA of the deposited clone." It will be appreciated that the nucleotide and amino acid sequences set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2) were obtained by sequencing the human cDNA of the deposited clone. Hence. the sequence of the deposited clone is controlling as to any discrepancies between the two and any reference to the sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:l) includes reference to the sequence of the human cDNA of the deposited clone.
Polynucleotides In accordance with one aspect of the present invention. there are provided isolated 2 o polynucleotides that encode the NKAF II polypeptide having the deduced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
Using the information provided herein, such as the polynucleotide sequence set out in Figure l (SEQ ID NO: 1), a polynucleotideof the present invention encoding a human NKAF II
polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures. such as those for 2 5 cloning cDNAs using mRNA from cells of human tissue as starting material. Illustrative of the invention. the polynucleotide set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I)was discovered in a cDNA
library derived from cells of human bone marrow and fetal liver.
Human NKAF II of the invention is structurally related to other proteins of the human natural killer cell family, as shown by the results of sequencing the human cDNA enco~iing 3 o human NKAF II in the deposited clone. The human cDNA sequence thus obtained is set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I). It contains an open readin_ frame encoding a protein of about 225 CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 amino acid residues. NKAF II has a de~ucecl molecular weiPht of about 25.5 kDa: an isoelectric point of 4.661 and a -11.752 charge at pH of 7Ø The protein exhibits greatest homology to human eosinophil granuie major basic protein amonY known proteins. NKAF II
of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) has about 65.8% similarity and about 50.2% identity with the amino acid sequence of human eosinophil granule major basic protein and NKAF as disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. ~.316.933.
The amino acid sequence of the complete NKAF Il protein includes a leader sequence and a mature protein. More in particular. the present invention provides nucleic acid molecules encoding a mature form of the NKAF II protein. Thus, according to the signal hypothesis, once export of the growing protein chain across the rough endoplasmic reticulum has been initiated proteins secreted by m~mm~ n cells have a signal or secretory leader sequence which is cleaved from the complete polypeptide to produce a secreted "mature form of the protein. Most m~mm~ n cells and even insect cells cleave secreted proteins with the same specificity.
However. in some cases. cleavage of a secreted protein is not entirelv uniforrn. which results in 1 5 two or more mature species of the protein. Further, it has long been known that the cleavage specificity of a secreted protein is ultimately determined by the primary structure of the complete protein. that is~ it is inherent in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
Therefore. the present invention provides a nucleotide sequence encoding the mature NKAF II
polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA clone contained in the host identifiedasATCC DepositNo. 97465. Bythe"matureNKAF II polypeptidehavingthe amino acid sequence encoded bv the cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97465 ' is meant the mature forrn(s) of the NKAF II protein produced by exl"es~ion in a m~mm~ n cell (e.g., COS
cells. as described below) of the complete open reading frarne encoded by the human DNA
sequence of the clone contained in the vector in the deposited host.
2 5 In addition. methods for predicting whether a protein has a secretory leader as well as the cleava~e point for that leader sequence are available. For in~t~nce, the method of McGeoch (Virus Res. 3:~71-286 (1985)) uses the information from a short N-t~rrnin~l charged re_ion and a subsequent uncharged region of the complete (uncleaved) protein. The method of von Heinje (Nucleic Acids Res. l~:4683-4690 (1986)) uses the information from 3 o the residues surrounding the cleava_e site. typically residues - 13 to +2 where +1 indicates the amino terrninus of the mature protein. The accuracy of predicting the cleavage points of CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wO 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05S70 known m~mm~ n secretory proteins for each of these rnethods is in the ran e of 75-80%
(von Heinje, supra). However. the two methods do not always produce the same predicted cleavage point(s) for a given protein.
In the present case. the deposited cDNA has been expressed in a baculovirus vector in insect cells as described hereinbelow~ and amino acid sequencing of the amino terminus of the secreted species indicated that the mature NKAF II protein comprises amino acids I to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2. Thus. the leader sequence of the NKAF II protein in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is 17 amino acids. from position - 17 to - 1.
More in particular the invention includes polypeptides comprising amino acids: 14 to 0 225, 15 to 225, 16 to 225,17 to 225, 18 to 225, 19 to 225, 20 to 225, 21 to 225, 22 to 225, and ~3 to 225. all of SEQ ID N0:2. Polynucleotidesencoding such polypeptidesare also provided.
Polynucleotides of the present invention may be in the form of RNA. such as mRNA. or in the form of DNA. including, for instance, cDNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced by chemical synthetic techniques or by a combination thereof. The DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand. also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
The coding sequence which encodes the polypeptide may be identical to the codingsequence of the polynucleotide shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1). It also may be a2 0 polynucleotide with a different sequence. which. as a result of the redun~ncy (degeneracy) of the genetic code. encodes the polypeptide of the DNA of Figure I (SEQ ID l~TO: 1).
Polynucleotidesof the present invention which encode the polypeptide of ~igure 1 (SEQ
ID NO:2) may include~ but are not limited to the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide~
by itself: the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide and additional coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, such as a pre-~ or pro- or prepro- protein sequence: the coding sequence of the mature polypeptide~ with or without the aforementioned additional coding sequences, together with additionah non-coding sequences~ including for example~ but not limited to introns and non-coding 5' and 3 ' sequences, such as the transcribed~
non-translatedsequences that play a role in transcriptiommRNA processing - including splicing 3 0 and polyadenylationsignals~ for e~ample - ribosome binding and stability of mRNA: additional coding sequence which codes for additional amino acids~ such as those which provide additional CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 functionalities. Thus. for inct~nre the polypeptide mav be fused to a marker sequence. such as a peptide~ which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention. the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide.
such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (Qiagen. Inc.), among others. many of which are cornmercially available. As described in Gentz et al.. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.. USA 86: ~21-824 ( I 9g9), for instance. hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein.
The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived of influenza hern~Pglutinin protein, which has been described by Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 ( 19~4), for instance.
In accordance with the foregoing, the term "polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide" as 0 used herein encompasses polynucleotides which include a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention. particularly the human NKAF II having the arnino acid sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2). The term encompasses polynucleotides that include a single continuous region or discontinuous regions encoding the polypeptide (for example~ interrupted by introns) together with additional regions.
The present invention further relates to variants of the herein above described polynucleotides which encode for fragments, analogs and derivatives of the polypeptide having the ded~lced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2). A variant of the polynucleotide may be a naturally occurring variant such as a naturally occurring allelic variant, or it may be a variant that is not kno~vn to occur naturally. Such non-naturally occurring variants of the 2 0 polynucleotide may be made by mutagenesis techniques. including those applied to polynucleotides.cells or org~ni~m~.
Among variants in this regard are variants that differ from the aforementioned polynucleotides by nucleotide substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions or additions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may be altered in coding or non-coding regions or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservativearnino acid substitutions.deletions or additions.
Among the particularly plefelled embodiments of the invention in this regard arepolynucleotides encoding polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of NKAF II set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2); variants. analogs, derivatives and fragments thereof. and fragments of 3 o the variants, analogs and derivatives.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTnUS97/05570 Further particularly preferred in this regard are polynucleotides encoding NKAF II
variants. analogs. derivatives and fragments. and variants. analogs and derivatives of the fra_ments. which have the amino acid sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide of Figure l (SEQ
ID NO:2) in which several. a few. 5 to lO. ~ to 5, l to 3 2. l or no amino acid residues are substituted. deleted or added. in any combination. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions. additions and deletions. which do not alter the properties and activities of the NKAF II. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions. Most highly preferred are polynucleotides encoding polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2) without substitutions.
0 Further preferred embodiments of the invention are polynucleotides that are at least 70%
identical to a polynucleotide encoding the NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence set OUI in Figure l (SEQ ID NO:2). and polynucleotides which are complementary to such polynucleotides. Alternatively. most highly preferred are polynucleotides that comprise a region that is at least 80% identical to a polynucleotide encoding the NKAF II polypeptide and polynucleotidescomplementarythereto. In this regard. polynucleotidesat least 90% identical to the same are particularly preferred, and among these particularly preferred polynucleotides, those with at least 95% are especially preferred. Furthermore. those with at least 97% are highly preferred among those with at least 95%. and among these those with at least 98% and at least 99% are parlicularly highly preferred. with at least 99% being the more preferred.
2 0 Particularly preferred embo~limentc in this respect. moreover. are polynucleotides which encode polypeptides which relain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature polypeptide encoded by the human cDNA of Figure l (SEQ ID NO: l ).
The present invention further relates to polynucleotides that hybridize to the herein above-described sequences. In this regard. the present invention especially relates to polynucleotides which hybridize under stringent conditions to the herein above-described polynucleotides. As herein used. the terrn "stringent conditions" means hybridization will occur only if there is at least 95% and preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences.
As discussed additionally herein regarding polynucleotide assays of the invention~ for instance. polynucleotides of the invention as discussed above. may be used as a hybridization 3 o probe for cDNA and genomic DNA to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding NKAF II and to isolate cDNA and genomic clones of other genes that have a high sequence CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0~570 similarity to the human NKAF II gene. Such probes generally will comprise at least l 5 bases.
Preferablv. such probes will have at least 30 bases and may have at least ~0 bases. Particularly preferred probes will have at least 30 bases and will have 50 bases or less.
For example. the coding region of the NKAF II gene may be isolated by screening using the known DNA sequence to synthesize an oligonucleotide probe. A labeled oligonucleotide having a sequence complementary to that of a gene of the present invention is then used to screen a library of human cDNA. genomic DNA or mRNA to determine which members of the library the probe hybridizes to.
The polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention may be employed as0 research reagents and materials for discovery of tre~tm~ntc and diagnostics to human disease. as further discussed herein relating to polynucleotideassays, inter alia.
The polynucleotides may encode a polypeptide which is the mature protein plus additional amino or carboxyl-terminal amino acids, or amino acids interior to the mature polypeptide (when the mature form has more than one polypeptide chain. for inct~nce). Such sequences may play a role in processing of a protein from precursor to a mature form, may facilitate protein trafficking, may prolong or shonen protein half-life or may facilitate manipulation of a protein for assay or production. among other things. As generally is the case in situ. the additional amino acids may be processed away from the mature protein by cellular enzymes.
2 o A precursor protein. having the mature form of the polypeptide fused to one or more prosequences mav be an inactive form of the polypeptide. When prosequences are removed such inactive precursors generally are activated. Some or all of the prosequences may be removed before activation. Generally, such precursors are called proproteins.
In sum. a polynucleotide of the present invention may encode a mature protein. a mature protein plus a leader sequence (which may be referred to as a preprotein), a precursor of a mature protein having one or more prosequences which are not the leader sequences of a preprotein. or a preproprotein. which is a precursor to a proprotein. having a leader sequence and one or more prosequences. which generally are removed during processing steps that produce active and mature forms of the polypeptide.
Deposited materials CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 A deposit cont~ining a human NKAF II cDNA has been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection. as noted above~ Also as noted above. the cDNA deposit is referred to herein as "the deposited clone" or as "the cDNA of the deposited clone."
The deposited clone was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection. 12301 Park Lawn Drive. Rockville. Maryland 20852. USA~ on March 6. l996 and ~ccignecl ATCC
DepositNo. 9746j.
The deposited material is a pBluescript SK (-) plasmid (Stratagene. La Jolla. CA) that contains the full length NKAF II cDNA~ referred to as "PF266" upon deposit.
The deposit has been made under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the intern~tional 0 recognition of the deposit of micro-org~ni~m~ for purposes of patent procedure. The strain will be irrevocably and without restriction or condition released to the public upon the icsl~nce of a patent. The deposit is provided merely as convenience to those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required for enablement. such as that required under 35 U.S.C. 1 12.
The se~uence of the polynucleotides contained in the deposited material~ as well as the arnino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded thereby, are controlling in the event of any conflict with any description of sequences herein.
A license may be required to make~ use or sell the deposited materials~ and no such license is hereby granted.
2 o Polypeptides The present invention further relates to a human NKAF II polypeptide which has the ded~lced amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
The invention also relates to fr~gment~, analogs and derivatives of these polypeptides.
The terms "fra~ment " "derivative" and "analog" when referring to the polypeptide of Figure I
2 5 ~SEQ ID NO:2) means a polypeptide which retains essenti~lly the same biological function or activity as such polypeptide. Thus. an analog includes a proprotein which can be activated by cleavage of the proprotein portion to produce an active mature polypeptide.
The polypeptide of the present invention may be a recombinant polypeptide, a natural polypeptide or a svnthetic polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments it is a recombinant 3 o polypeptide.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0~570 The fragment. derivative or analocr of the poJypeptide of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2) may be (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue mav or may not be one encoded by the genetic code. or (ii) one 5 in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group. or (iii) one in which the mature polypeptide is fused with another compound. such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example. polyethylene glycol), or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the mature polypeptide. such as a leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the mature polypeptide or a 10 proprotein sequence. Such fragments~ derivatives and analogs are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard arepolypeptides having the amino acid sequence of NKAF Il set out in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2), variants. analogs. derivatives and fragments thereof. and variants analogs and derivatives of the 15 fragments. Alternatively, particularly preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard are polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of the NKAF II of the cDNA in the deposited clone~ variants, analogs, derivatives and fragments thereof, and variants~ analogs and derivatives of the fragments.
Among preferred variants are those that vary from a reference by conservative amino 20 acid substitutions. Such substitutions are those that substitute a given amino acid in a polypeptide by another arnino acid of like characteristics. Typically seen as conservative substitutions are the replacements~ one for another~ among the aliphatic amino acids Ala Val, Leu and lle: interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr~ exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu~ substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gln, e:cchange of the basic 2 5 residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe~ ~yr.
Further particularly preferred in this regard are variants analogs, derivatives and fragments and variants analogs and derivatives of the fragments having the arnino acid sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) in which several a few, 5 to 10, 1 to S, 1 to 3 2. 1 or no amino acid residues are substituted deleted or added~ in any 3 o combination. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of the NKAF II. Also especially preferred in this CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 regard are conservative substitutions. Most highly preferred are polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2) without substitutions.
The polypeptides and polynucleotides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form. and preferably are purified to homogeneity.
The polypeptides of the present invention also include the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 (in particular the mature polypeptide) as well as polypeptides which have at least 70% similarity (preferably at least 70% identity) to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and more preferably at least 90% similarity (more preferably at least 90% identity) to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and still more preferably at least 95% similarity (still more preferably at least 95% identity) to 0 the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and also include portions of such pol,vpeptides with such portion of the polypeptide generally cont~ining at least 30 amino acids and more preferably at least 50 amino acids.
As known in the art "similarity" between two polypeptides is determined by comparing the amino acid sequence and its conserved amino acid substitutes of one polypeptide to the sequence of a second polypeptide.
Fragments or portions of the polypeptides of the present invention may be employed for producing the corresponding full-length polypeptide by peptide synthesis; therefore, the fragments may be employed as interm~ tes for producing the full-length pol,vpeptides.
Fragments or portions of the polynucleotidesof the present invention may be used to synthesi7~-2 o full-length polynucleotides of the present invention.
Fragments Also among preferred embo-liment~ of this aspect of the present invention are polypeptides comprising fr~gm~ntc of NKAF 11, most particularly frzlgmentc of the NKAF Il having the amino acid set out in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:2), and fr~gment~ of variants and derivativesofthe NKAF II of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2).
In this regard a fragment is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that entirely is the same as part but not all of the amino acid sequence of the aforementioned NKAF II
polypeptides and variants or derivatives thereof.
3 o Such fragments may be "free-st~n-ling," i.e.~ not part of or fused to other amino acids or polypeptides. or they may be comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they forrn a part or CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W 0 97/37022 PCT~USg7/05570 re~ion. When comprised within a lar_er polypeptide. the presently discussed fragments most preferably form a single continuous region. However. several fr~gm--ntc may be comprised ~vithin a sin le larger polypeptide. For inct,.nce certain preferred embodiment~ relate to a fragment of a NKAF II polypeptide of the present comprised within a precursor polypeptide designed for expression in a host and having heterologous pre and pro-polypeptide regions fused to the amino terrninus of the NKAF II fragment and an additional region fused to the carboxyl terrninus of the fragment. Therefore. fragments in one aspect of the meaning inten-1ed herein. refers to the portion or portions of a fusion polypeptide or fusion protein derived from NKAF II.
As replesent~ e examples of polypeptide fragments of the invention. there may bementioned those which have from about 21 to about 2~ 5 amino acids.
In this context about includes the particularly recited range and ranges larger or smaller by several, a few. ~, 4.3, 2 or l amino acid at either extreme or at both extremes. For inct~nce, about 225 arnino acids in this context means a polypeptide fragment of 225 plus or minus several. a few, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acids to 225 plus or minus several a few, 5, 4, 3, 2 or l amino acid residues. i.e.. ranges as broad as 21 minus several arnino acids to 225 plus several amino acids to as narrow as 21 plus several amino acids to 225 minus several amino acids.
Highly plef~ d in this regard are the recited ranges plus or minus as many as S amino acids at either or at both extremes. Particularly highly plcr~ d are the recited ranges plus or 2 o minus as many as 3 amino acids at either or at both the recited extremes. Especially particularly highly preferred are ran~es plus or minus l amino acid at either or at both extremes or the recited ranges with no additions or deletions. rvlost highly preferred of all in this regard are fragments from about 21 to about 225 amino acids.
Among especially preferred fragments of the invention are truncation mllt~nt~ of NKAF
2s II. Truncation mutants include NKAF II polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:2), or of variants or derivatives thereof. except for deletion of a continuous series of residues (that is. a continuous region, part or portion) that includes the arnino terminus. or a continuous series of residues that includes the carboxyl terrninus or, as in double truncation mutants. deletion of two continuous series of residll~c. one including the 3 C amino terminus and one including the carboxyl terminus. Fragments having the size ranges set CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 out about also are preferred embodiments of truncation fragments. which are especially preferred among fr~gment~ generally.
Also preferred in this aspect of the invention are fragments characterized by structural or functional attributes of NKAF II. Preferred embodiments of the invention in this regard include fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix forming regions ("alpha-regions"), beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions ("beta-regions"), turn and turn-forming regions ("turn-regions"). coil and coil-forming regions ("coil-regions"). hydrophilic regions. hydrophobic regions. alpha amphipathic regions. beta amphipathic regions. flexible regions. surface-forming regions and high antigenic index regions of NKAF II.
0 Certain preferred regions in these regards include, but are not limited to, regions of the aforementionedtypes identified by analysis of the amino acid sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ
ID NO:2). Such preferred regions include Garnier-Robson alpha-regions. beta-regions, turn-regions and coil-regions. Chou-Fasman alpha-regions. beta-regions and turn-regions, Kyte-Doolittle hydrophilic regions and hydrophilic regions. Eisenberg alpha and beta amphipathic regions. Karplus-Schulz flexible regions. ~mini surface-forming regions and Jameson-Wolf .
hlgh antlgemc mdex reglons.
Among highly preferred fragments in this regard are those that comprise regions of NKAF II that combine several structural features. such as several of the features set out above.
In this regard, the regions defined by the residues about 19 to 225. 20 to 225 and 2 I to 225 of Figure l (2 to 208. 3 to 208. and 4 to 208 in SEQ ID NO:2. respectivelv), which all are characterized by amino acid compositions highly characteristic of turn-regions. hydrophilic regions. flexible-regions. surface-forming regions. and high antigenic index-regions. are especiallv highly preferred regions. Such regions may be comprised within a larger polypeptide or may be by themselves a preferred fragment of the present invention. as discussed above. It 2 5 will be appreciated that the term "about" as used in this paragraph has the me~ning set out above regarding fr~gmPnt~ in general.
Further preferred regions are those that me~i~te activities of NKAF II. Most highly d in this regard are fragments that have a chemical. biological or other activity of NKAF
II. including those with a similar activity or an improved activity, or with a decreased 3 o undesirable activity. Highly preferred in this regard are fragments that contain regions that are homologs in sequence, or in position. or in both sequence and to active regions of related CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 polypeptides. such as the related polypeptides set out in Figure ~ (SEQ ID NO:ll), which include human eosinophil granule major basic protein. Among particulariv preferred fragments in these regards are truncation mutants. as discussed above.
It will be appreciated that the invention also relates to. among others~ polynucleotides encoding the aforementioned fragments. polynucleotides that hybridize to polynucleotides encoding the fragments. particularly those that hybridize under stringent conditions, and polynucleotides, such as PCR primers. for amplifying polynucleotides that encode the fr~gmentc. In these regards. preferred polynucleotides are those that correspondent to the p,efc.led fragments. as discussed above.
VECTORS. HOST CELLS AND EXPRESSION
The present invention also relates to vectors which include polvnucleotides of the present invention. host cells which are genetically engineered with vectors of the invention and the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techni~ues.
Host cells can be genetically enginPered to incorporate polynucleotides and express polypeptides of the present invention. For instance. polynucleotides mav be introduced into host cells using well known techniques of infection, transduction. transfection. transvection and transformation. The polynucleotides may be introduced alone or with other polynucleotides.
Such other polynucleotides may be introduced independently, co-introduced or introduced 2 o joined to the polynucleotidesof the invention.
Thus. for instance. polynucleotides of the invention may be transfected into host cells with another. separate. polynucleotide encoding a selectable marker. using standard techniques for co-transfection and selection in, for instance. rn~mm~ n cells. In this case the polynucleotides generally will be stably incorporated into the host cell genome.Alternatively, the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host. The vector construct may be introduced into host cells by the aforementioned techniques. Generally. a plasmid vector is introduced as DNA in a precipitate.
such as a calcium phosphate precipitate. or in a complex with a charged lipid. Ele~ opoldlion also may be used to introduce polynucleotides into a host. If the vector is a virus. it may be 3 o packaged in vitro or introduced into a p;~ck~ging cell and the packaged virus may be transduced into cells. A wide varietv of techniques suitable for making polynucleotidesand for introducing CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 polynucleotides into cells in accordance with this aspect of the invention are well known and routine to those of skill in the art. Such techniques are reviewed at length in Sambrook et al.
cited above, w hich is illustrative of the many laboratory manuals that detail these techniques.
In accordance with this aspect of the invention the vector may be~ for example, a plasmid vector. a single or double-stranded phage vector. a single or double-stranded RNA or DNA viral vector. Such vectors may be introduced into cells as polynucleotides. preferably DNA. by well known techniques for imroducing DNA and RNA into cells. The vectors, in the case of phage and viral vectors also may be and preferablv are introduced into cells as packaged or encapsidated virus by well known techniques for infection and transduction. Viral vectors 0 may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case viral propagation generallvwill occur only in complementinghost cells.
Preferred amon vectors. in certain respects. are those for expression of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention. Generally, such vectors comprise cis-acting control regions effective for ex~ saion in a host operatively linked to the polynucleotide to be expressed. Appropriate trans-acting factors either are supplied by the host. supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host.
In certain preferred embodiments in this regard, the vectors provide for specific ~Ay,esaion. Such specific ~xpleàsion may be inducible ex~ saion or ~,cp~ession only in certain types of cells or both inducible and cell-specific. Particularly preferred among inducible vectors are vectors that can be in-luced for expression by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate. such as temperature and nutrient additives. A variety of vectors suitable to this aspect of the invention. including constitutive and inducible expression vectors for use in prokaryotic and eukarvotic hosts. are well known and employed routinely by those of skill in the art.
2 5 The engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media. which may be modified as applopl;ate for. inter alia. activating promoters. selecting transformants or amplifying genes. Culture conditions. such as temperature. pH and the like, previously used with the host cell selected for expression generally will be suitable for expression of polypeptides of the present invention as will be appdr~"t to those of skill in the art.
A great variety of expression vectors can be used to express a polypeptide of the invention. Such vectors include chromosomal. episomal and virus-derived vectors e.g., vectors CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/~7022 PCTrUS97/05570 derived from bacterial plasmids. from bacteriophage, from yeast episomes. from yeast chromosomal elements. from viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses. such as SV40, ~accinia viruses. adenoviruses. fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses. and ~ ectors derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements. such as cosmids and phagemids~ all may be used for expression in accordance with this aspect of the present invention Generally, anv vector suitable to m~int~im propagate or express polynucleotidesto express a polypeptide in a host may be used for expression in this regard.
The a,~plvpl;ate DNA sequence may be inserted into the vector by any of a variety of 0 well-known and routine techniques In generalt a DNA sequence for ~ ssion is joined to an e~pression vector by cleaving the DNA sequence and the ~plession vector with one or more restriction endonucleases and then joining the restriction fragments together using T4 DNA
ligase. Procedures for restriction and ligation that can be used to this end are well known and routine to those of skill. Suitable procedures in this regard, and for constructing e;~ ssion ~ ectors using alternative techniques. which also are well known and routine to those skill, are set forth in great detail in Sambrook et al. cited elsewhere herein The DNA sequence in the expression vector is operatively linked to appropriate ~ple;,sion control sequence(s), including, for in~t~nre, a promoter to direct mRNA
transcription. Representatives of such promoters include the phage lambda PL promoter, the E
2 o coli lac. trp and tac promoters the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs to name just a few of the well-known promoters. It will be understood that numerous promoters not mentioned are suitable for use in this aspect of the invention are well known and readily mav be employed by those of skill in the manner illustrated by the discussion and the e~amples herein In general. expression constructs will contain sites for transcription initiation and termination. and. in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will include a translation initiating AUG at the beginning and a termination codon a~lopl;ately positioned at the end of the polypeptideto be tr~n~l~ted 3 o In addition. the constructs may contain control regions that regulate as well as engender expression Generally, in accordance with manv commonly practiced procedures. such regions CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo97/37022 PCrlUS97/05570 will operate by controlling transcription. such as repressor binding sites and enhancers. among others.
Vectors for propagation and expression generally will include selectable markers. Such markers also may be suitable for amplificationor the vectors may contain additional markers for this purpose. In this regard. the expression vectors preferably contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of transformed host cells. Preferred markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture. and tetracycline. theomycin. kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing E. coli and other bacteria.
0 The vector cont~ining the al.plopl iate DNA sequence as described elsewhere herein, as well as an approyllate promoter. and other ~ppropliate control sequences, may be introduced into an appropriate host using a variety of well known techniques suitable to explession therein of a desired polypeptide. ~epresentative examples of applopl iate hosts include bacterial cells~
such as E. coli. Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Hosts for of a great variety of expression constructs are well known. and those of skill will be enabled by the present disclosure readily to select a host for e~y,essing a polypeptides in accordance with this aspect of the present Invention.
Various m~mm~ n cell culture systems can be employed for expression, as well.
Examples of m~mm~ n expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblast. described in Gluzman et al.~ Cell 23: l75 (I98I). Other cell lines capable of ~re;,~ing a compatible vector include for example, the C 127, 3T3. CHO, HeLa, human kidney 293 and BHK cell lines.
More particularly. the present invention also includes recombinant constructs, such as e~ es~ion constructs. comprising one or more of the sequences described above. The constructs comprise a vector, such as a plasmid or viral vector. into which such a sequence of the invention has been inserted. The sequence mav be inserted in a forward or reverse orientation. In certain preferred embodiments in this regard. the construct further comprises 3 o regulatorv sequences. including, for exarnple. a promoter. operably linked to the sequence.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Large numbers of suitable vectors and promoters are known to those of skill in the art. and there are many commercially available vectors suitable for use in the present invention.
The following vectors. which are commercially available. are provided by way of example. Amon,~ vectors p~ d for use in bacteria are pQE70. pQE60 and pQE-9, available from Qiagen; pBS vectors. Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors. pNH8A. pNH l 6a~ pNH 1 8A, pNH46A~ available from Stratagene: and ptrc99a. pKK223-3, pKK233-3. pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia. Among preferred eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO. pSV2CAT, pOG44~ pXT1 and pSG available from Stratagene: and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL
available from Pharmacia. These vectors are listed solely by way of illustration of the many commercially available and well known vectors that are available to those of skill in the art for use in accordance with this aspect of the present invention. It will be appreciated that any other plasmid or vector suitable for. for example. introduction. m~innon~nce, propagation or ~:~p~ssion of a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention in a host may be used in this aspect of the invention.
Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using vectors that contain a reporter transcription unit lacking a promoter region, such as a chloramphenicol acetyl transferase ("cat") ~dnsc~ ion unit~ do~llsl~calll of restriction site or sites for introducing a c~n~ te promoter fr~gment i.e., a fragment that may contain a promoter. As is well known, introduction into the vector of a promoter-containingfragment at the restriction site up~llea~ll of 2 0 the cat gene engenders production of CAT activity, which can be detecsed by standard CAT
assavs. Vectors suitable to this end are well known and readily available. Two such vectors are pKK232-8 and pCM7. Thus, promoters for expression of polynucleotides of the present invention include not only well known and readily available promoters~ but also promoters that readily may be obtained by the foregoing technique. using a reporter gene.
Among knov.~n bacterial promoters suitable for expression of polynucleotides andpolypeptides in accordance with the present invention are the E. coli lacI and lacZ promoters, the T3 and T7 promoters, the T5 tac promoter, the lambda PR. PL promoters and the trp promoter. Among known eukaryotic promoters suitable in this regard are the CMV immediate early promoter. the HSV thymidine kinase promoter. the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs. such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus ("RSV"), and metallothioneinpromoters. such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Selection of appropriate vectors and promoters for expression in a host cell is a well known procedure and the requisite techniques for expression vector construction~ introduction of the vector into the host and expression in the host are routine skills in the art.
Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication~ a5 promoter derived from a highly-e:~pressed gene to direct transcription of a dow,ls~
structural sequence~ and a selectable marker to permit isolation of vector cont~ining cells after exposure to the vector.
The present invention also relates to host cells con~ining the above-describedconstructs discussed above. The host cell can be a higher eukaryotic cell. such as a m~lnm~ n cell, or a 0 lower eukaryotic celL such as a yeast celL or the host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, such as a bacterial cell.
Constructs in host cells can be used in a conventional manner tO produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence. Alternatively, the polypeptides of the invention can be synthetically produced by conventional peptide synth~si7Prs.
Mature proteins can be expressed in m~mm~ n cells. yeast~ bacteria~ or other cells under the control of a~ op,iate promoters. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce such proteins using RNAs derived from the DNA constructs of the present invention.
Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with prokaryotic and eukaryotic hosts are described by Sambrook et al., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2nd 2 o Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. ( l 989).
Transcription of the DNA encoding the polypeptides of the present invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enh~ncer sequence into the vector. Fnh~ncers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from l 0 to 300 bp that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type. Examples of enh~ncers include the SV40 enhancer. which is located on the late side of the replication origin at bp l00 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enh~n~er, the polyoma enh~ncer on the late side of the replication origim and adenovirus Pnh~ncers.
Polynucleotides of the invention~ encoding the heterologous structural sequence of a polypeptide of the invention generally will be inserted into the vector using standard techniques so that it is operably linked to the promoter for expression. The polynucleotide will be positioned so that the transcription start site is located appropriately S' to a ribosome binding ~9 CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCr/US97/05570 site. The ribosome binding site will be S' to the AUG that initiates translation of the polypeptide to be expressed. Generally, there will be no other open reading frames that begin with an initiation codon. usually AUG. and lie between the ribosome binding site and the initiating AUG. Also, generally, there will be a translation stop codon at the end of the polypeptide and there will be a polyadenylation signal and a transcription termination signal applol" iately disposed at the 3 ' end of the transcribed re_ion.
For secretion of the translated protein into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum. into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment, appropriate secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide. The signals may be endogenous to the 0 polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form~ such as a fusion protein. and may include not only secretion signals but also additional heterologous functional regions. Thus. for instance. a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids. may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification or during subsequent h~n~lling and storage. Also, region also may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final p,epa~dlion of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion. to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art.
2 o Following transformation of a suitable host strain and growth of the host strain to an appropriate cell density, where the selected promoter is inducible it is induced by applopliate means (e.g., temperature shift or exposure to chemical inducer) and cells are cultured for an additional period.
Cells typically then are harvested by centrifugation. disrupted by physical or chemical 2 5 means. and the resulting crude extract retained for further purification.
Microbial cells employed in explcssion of proteins can be disrupted by any convenient method. including freeze-thaw cycling. sonication. mechanical disruption. or use of cell Iysing agents. such methods are well know to those skilled in the art.
The NKAF II polypeptide can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures 3 o by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol plec;~;L~Lion, acid extraction.
anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 interaction chromatography. affinity chromatography, hydroxvlapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification. Well known techniques for refolding protein may be employed to regenerate active conformation when the polypeptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products. products of chemical synthetic procedures. and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host. including, for example~ bacterial, yeast, higher plant~ insect and m~mm~ n cells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, 0 the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated. In addition. polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of host-mediated processes.
NKAF II polynucleotides and polypeptides may be used in accordance with the present invention for a variety of applications~ particularly those that make use of the chemical and biological properties of NKAF II. Among these are applications in prevention of neoplasia.
Additional applications relate to diagnosis and to treatment of disorders of cells. tissues and org~ni~mc These aspects of the invention are illustrated further by the following discussion.
Polynucleotideassays This invention is also related to the use of the NKAF II polynucleotides to detect complementary polynucleotides such as~ for example~ as a diagnostic rea ent. Detection of a mutated form of NKAF II associated with a dysfunction will provide a diagnostic tool that can add or define a diagnosis of a disease or susceptibility to a disease which results from under-e~lession over-e~cl..cs~ionor altered ~ .cssion of NKAF II~ such as~ for example, eosinophilia 2 5 or bronchial asthma.
Individuals carrying mutations in the human NKAF II gene may be detected at the DNA
level by a variety of techniques. Nucleic acids for diagnosis may be obtained from a patient's cells, such as from blood~ urine, saliva~ tissue biopsy and autopsy material. The genomic DNA
may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR prior to 3 o analysis. PCR (Saiki et al.? Nature. 324: 1 63-l 66 ( 1986)). RNA or cDNA may also be used in the same ways. As an example, PCR primers complementary to the nucleic acid encoding CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 NKAF II can be used to identifv and analvze NKAF II e~cpression and mutations. For example.
deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the norrnal genotype. Point mutations can be identified by hvbridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled NKAF II RNA or alternatively~ radiolabeled NKAF II ~nricence DNA
sequences. Perfectly m~t~he-l sequences can be distinguished from micm~tched duplexes by RNase A digestion or by differences in melting te~ )elal~lres.
Sequence differences between a reference gene and genes having mutations also may be revealed by direct DNA seq~ncing. In addition, cloned DNA segments may be employed as probes to detect specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of such methods can be greatly 0 enhanced by ap~,lo~,;ate use of PCR or another amplification method. For example, a sequencing primer is used with double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR. The sequence determination is performed byconventional procedures with radiolabeled nucleotide or by automatic sequencing procedures with fluorescent-tags.
Genetic testing based on DNA sequence differences may be achieved by detection of alteration in electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels~ with or without denaturing agents. Small sequence deletions and insertions can be visualized by high resolution gel electrophoresis. DNA fragments of different sequences may be distinguished on d~;n~twiIlg forrnarnide gradient gels in which the mobilities of different DNA fragments are retarded in the 2 o gel at different positions according to their specific melting or partial melting temperatures (see, e.g., Mvers et al.. Science. ~30: l 242 ( l 985)).
Sequence changes at specific locations also may be revealed bv nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S1 protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g., Cotton et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 85: 4397-4401 (1985)).
2 5 Thus. the detection of a specific DNA sequence may be achieved by methods such as hybridization. RNase protection, chemical cleavage, direct DNA sequencing or the use of restriction enzymes~ (e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphisms ("RFLP") and Southern blotting of genomic DNA.
In addition to more conventional gel-electrophoresis and DNA seq~len~ing~ mutations 3 o also can be detected by in situ analysis.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Chromosome assays The sequences of the present invention are also valuable for chromosome identification.
The sequence is specifically targeted to and can hybridize with a particular location on an individual human chromosome. Moreoven there is a current need for identifying particular sites on the chromosome. Few chromosome marking reagents based on actual sequence data (repeat polymorphisms) are presently available for marking chromosomal location. The mapping of DNAs to chromosomes according to the present invention is an important first step in correlating those sequences with genes associated with disease.
In certain preferred embo~liment~ in this regard, the cDNA herein disclosed is used to clone genomic DNA of a NKAF II gene. This can be accomplished usin_ a variety of well known techniques and libraries, which generally are available commercially. The genomic DNA the is used for in situ chromosome mapping using well known techniques for this purpose. Typically. in accordance with routine procedures for chromosome mapping, some trial and error may be necess:lry to identify a genomic probe that gives a good in situ hybridization 1 5 signal.
In some cases. in addition. sequences can be mapped to chromosomes by ~ Jalillg PCR
primers (preferablv 15-25 bp) from the cDNA. Computer analysis of the 3' untr~ncl~tecl region of the gene is used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers are then used for PCR
screening of somatic cell hybrids cont~ining individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids cont~inin the human gene corresponding to the primer will yield an amplified fragment.
PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for ~C~j~ning a particular DNA to a particular chromosome. Using the present invention with the same oligonucleotide 2 5 primers, sublocalization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes or pools of large genomic clones in an analogous manner. Other mapping strategies that can similarly be used to map to its chromosome include in situ hybridization. prescreening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes and preselection by hybridization to construct chromosome specific-cDNA libraries.
3 o Fluorescence in situ hybridization ("FISH") of a cDNA clone to a metaphase chromosomal spread can be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. This CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 technique can be used with cDNA as short as 50 or 60 bases. For a review of this technique. see Verma et al.. HUMAN CHROMOSOMES: A MANUAL OF BASIC TECHNIQUES, Pergamon Press, New York ( l 988).
Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location. the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found. for example, in V. McKusick. MENDELIAN INHERITANCE IN MAN. available on line through Johns Hopkins University, Welch Medical Library. The relationship between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through linkage analysis (coinheritanceof physically adjacent genes).
0 Next. it is nrce~C~ry to determine the differences in the cDNA or genomic sequence between affected and unaffected individuals. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any normal individuals. then the mutation is likelv to be the causative agent of the disease.
With current resolution of physical mapping and genetic mapping techniques. a cDNA
precisely localized to a chromosomal region associated with the disease could be one of between ~0 and 500 potential causative genes. (This assumes l megah~ce mapping resolution and one gene per 20 kb).
Polypeptide assays lhe present invention also relates to a diagnostic assays such as quantitative and diagnostic assays for detecting levels of NKAF II protein in cells and tissues. including deterrnination of normal and abnormal levels. Thus. for instance. a diagnostic assay in accordance with the invention for detecting over-expression of NKAF II protein compared to normal control tissue samples may be used to detect the presence of eosinophilia. for example.
2 5 Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a protein. such as an NKAF II protein of the present invention. in a sample derived from a host are well-known to those of skill in the art. Such assay methods include radioimm-lnoacs~ys,co~ eLi~i~re-bindingassays, Western Blot analysis and ELISA assays. Among these ELISAs frequently are preferred. An ELISA assay initially comprises plepdlillg an antibody specific to NKAF II. preferably a monoclonal 3 o antibody. In addition a reporter antibody generally is ~fe"aled which binds to the monoclonal CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97/37022 PC r/US97/05570 antibody. The reporter antibody is attached a detectable reagent such as radioactive. fluorescent or enzymatic reagent. in this example horseradish peroxidase en_yme.
To carry out an ELISA a sample is removed from a host and incubated on a solid support, e.g. a polvstyrene dish. that binds the proteins in the sample. Any free protein binding - s sites on the dish are then covered by incubating with a non-specific protein such as bovine serum albumin. Next, the monoclonal antibody is incubated in the dish during which time the monoclonal antibodies attach to any NKAF II proleins attached to the polystyrene dish.
Unbound monoclonal antibody is washed out with buffer. The reporter antibodv linked to horseradish peroxidase is placed in the dish resulting in binding of the reporter antibody to any 0 monoclonal antibody bound to NKAF II. Un~ts~chPd reporter antibody is then washed out.
Reagents for peroxidase activity, including a colorimetric substrate are then added to the dish.
Irnmobilized peroxidase. Iinked to NKAF II through the primary and secondarv antibodies.
produces a colored reaction product. The amount of color developed in a given time period indicates the amount of NKAF II protein present in the sample. Quantitative results typically are obtained by reference to a standard curve.
A competition assay may be employed wherein antibodies specific to NKAF II ~tt~rll~d to a solid support and labeled NKAF II and a sample derived from the host are passed over the solid support and the arnount of label detPcted ~ ched to the solid support can be correlated to a quantitv of NKAF II in the sample.
Antibodies The polypeptides, their fragments or other derivatives, or analogs thereof. or cells ~A~Iessill_ them can be used as an immunogen to produce antibodies thereto. These antibodies can be, for example. polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies. The present invention also includes 2 5 chimeric. single chain. and hnm~ni7~d antibodies. as well as Fab fr~pmentc. or the product of an Fab expression library. Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of such antibodies and fragments.
Antibodies generated against the polypeptides corresponding to a sequence of thepresent invention can be obtained by direct injection of the polypeptides into an animal or by 3 o ~-lminicteringthe polypeptidesto an animal. preferablv a nonhum~n The antibody so obtained will then bind the polypeptides itself. In this manner, even a sequence encoding only a CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 fra_ment of the polypeptides can be used to 8enerate antibodies bindinn the whole native polypeptides. Such antibodies can then be used to isolate the polypeptide from tissue expressing that polypeptide.
For plel~aldlion of monoclonal antibodies. any technique which provides antibodies 5 produced by continuous cell line cultures can be used. Examples include the hybridoma technique (Kohler. G. and Milstein~ C.. Nature 256: 495-497 (1975), the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (Kozbor et al., Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983) and the EBV-hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al.. pg. 77-96 in MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY. Alan R. Liss. Inc. (1985).
Techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Patent No.
4.946.778) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies to immunogenic polypeptide products of this invention. Also~ trans_enic mice. or other org~ni~mc such as other m~mm~lc may 'oe used to express hllm~ni7Pd antibodies to immunogenic polypeptide products of this invention.
The above-described antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptide or purify the polypeptide of the present invention by ~tt~l~hment of the antibody to a solid support for isolation and/or purification by affinity chromatography.
Thus, among others, NKAF II may be employed to inhibit the growth of certain tumor cell lines~ and other neoplasias due to the cytotoxic effect of NKAF II.
2 o The polypeptide of the present invention may also be employed to prevent infl~mm~tion. to treat parasitic infection due to its cvtotoxic effect on certain parasites. to ~l~gment the effects of natural killer protein to treat neoplasias such as tumors and cancers. to prevent infl~mm~tion, to treat parasitic infection, to regulate hemaetopoesis. to prevent damage from superoxide radicals in the body, for example, to prevent tissue injury and aging and to 2 5 enhance an immunological response.
NKAF II binding molecules and assays This invention also provides a method for identification of molecules. such as receptor molecules, that bind NKAF II. Genes encoding proteins that bind NKAF II, such as receptor 3 o proteins. can be identified bv numerous methods known to those of skill in the art. for example, CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 rCTAUS97/05570 li~and panning and FACS sorting. Such methods are described in many laboratorv m~n~
such as. for instance. Coligan et al.. Current Protocols in Immunology 1(~): Chapter ~ ( 1991).
For in~t~nCe. e~pression cloning may be employed for this purpose. To this end polyadenylated RNA is prepared from a cell responsive to NKAF II, a cDNA librarv is created 5 from this RNA~ the librarv is divided into pools and the pools are transfected individually into cells that are not responsive to NKAF II. The transfected cells then are exposed to labeled NKAF II. (NKAF II can be labeled by a variety of well-known techniques including standard methods of radio-iodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specific protein kinase.) Following exposure. the cells are fixed and bindin~ of NKAF Il is det~rrni~P~ These o procedures conveniently are carried out on glass slides.
Pools are identified of cDNA that produced NKAF II-binding cells. Sub-pools are prepared from these positives. transfected into host cells and screened as described above. Using an iterative sub-pooling and re-screening process. plasmids cont~ining one or more single clones that encode the putative binding molecule. such as a receptor molecule. can be isolated 5 and the clones are sequenced.
Alternatively a labeled ligand can be photoaffinity linked to a cell extract. such as a membrane or a membrane extract, pl~paled from cells that express a molecule that it binds. such as a receptormolecule. Cross-linked material is resolved by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis ("PAGE") and exposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the ligand-receptor can 2 o be excised. resolved into peptide fragments. and subjected to protein microsequencing. The arnino acid sequence obtained from microsequencing can be used to design unique or degenerate oligonucleotide probes to screen cDNA libraries to identify genes encoding the putative receptor molecule.
Polypeptides of the invention also can be used to assess NKAF II binding capacity of 2 5 NKAF II binding molecules. such as receptor molecules. in cells or in cell-free ,u,ep~dlions.
Agonists and antagonists - assavs and molecules The invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enh~n~e or bloc}c the action of NKAF Il on cells, such as its interaction with NKAF II-binding 3 o molecules such as receptor molecules. An agonist is a compound which increases the natural CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 biological functions of NKAF II or which functions in a manner similar tO NKAF II. while antagonists decrease or e~imin~te such functions.
For example. a cellular compartment such as a membrane or a p, c~aldlion thereof~ such as a membrane-p,epa~lion,may be prepared from a cell that expresses a molecule that binds NKAF II. such as a molecule of a signaling or regulatory pathway modulated by NKAF II. The plc,u~dLion is incubated with labeled NKAF II in the ~ksence or the presence of a candidate molecule which may be a NKAF II agonist or antagonist. The ability of the candidate molecule to bind the binding molecule is reflected in decreased binding of the labeled ligand. Molecules which bind gratuitously, i.e. without inducing the effects of NKAF II on binding the NKAF II
0 binding molecule. are most likely to be good antagonists. Molecules that bind well and elicit effects that are the same as or closely related to NKAF II are good agonists.
NKAF lI-like effects of potential agonists and antagonists may by measured~ for in~t~nre by deterrnining activity of a second messenger system following interaction of the candidate molecule with a cell or app,u,v~,ate cell ~.epa,alion. and colll~mg the effect with that of NKAF II or molecules that elicit the same effects as NKAF II. Second messenEer systems that may be useful in this regard include but are not limited to AMP guanylate cyclase ion channel or phosphoinositidehydrolysis second messenger systems.
Another exarnple of an assay for NKAF II antagonists is a co",p~liLive assay that combines NKAF II and a potential antagonist with membrane-bound NKAF II receptormolecules or recombinant NKAF II receptor molecules under a~ op,iate conditions for a competitive inhibition assay. ~IKAF II can be labeled. such as by radioactivity. such that the number of NKAF II molecules bound to a receptor molecule can be determined accurately to assess the effectiveness of the potential antagonist.
Potential antagonists include small organic molecules! peptides. polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity. Potential antagonists also may be small organic molecules. a peptide. a polypeptide such as a closelv related protein or antibody that binds the same sites on a binding molecule, such as a receptor molecule. without inducing NKAF II-in~iucecl activities. thereby preventing the action of NKAF II by excluding NKAF II from binding.
3 o Other potential antagonists include ~nti~en~e molecules. Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through antisense DNA or RNA or throu_h triple-helix CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 formation. Antisense techniques are discussed. for example. in - Okano. J. Neurochem. 56: 560 ( 1991 ); OLIGODEOXYNUCLEOTIDES AS ANTISENSE INHIBITORS OF GENE
EXPRESSION. CRC Press. Boca Raton. FL ( 19~8). Triple helix formation is discussed in, for instance Lee et al.. Nucleic Acids Research 6: 3073 (1979); Cooney et al.. Science 241: 456 s (1988); and Dervan et al.. Science 251: 1360 (1991). The methods are based on binding of a polynucleotide to a complementary DNA or RNA. For example. the ~' coding portion of a polynucleotide that encodes the mature polypeptide of the present invention may be used to design an anticen~e RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40 base pairs in length. A DNA
oligonucleotide is designPd to be complementary to a region of the gene (or promotor) involved 0 in transcription thereby preventing transcription and the production of NKAF II. The ~ntic~n~e RNA oli~onucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA in l~ivo and bloc~s translation of the mRNA
molecule into NKAF Il polypeptide. The oligonucleotides described above can also be delivered to cells such that the antisense RNA or DNA may be expressed in vil~o to inhibit production of NKAF II.
The antagonists may be employed in a composition with a ph~rm:~reutically acceptable carrier, e.g., as hereinafterdescribed.
The antagonists may be employed for instance to treat and/or prevent the action of such polypeptide. for example. to prevent allergic infl~mm~tion, hypersensitivity, bronchial asthma, eosinophilia. chronic urticaria. atopic derrnatitis~ Kimura's disease. and bone marrow transplant 2 o rejection.
Compositions The invention also relates to compositions comprising the polynucleotide or the polypeptides discussed above or the agonists or antagonists. Thus, the polypeptides of the present invention may be employed in combination with a non-sterile or sterile carrier or carriers for use with cells. tissues or org~ni~m~ such as a pharmaceutical calTier suitable for ~-imini~tration to a subject. Such compositions comprise. for in.ct~nce a media additive or a thc.apell~ically effective amount of a polypeptide of the invention and a pharm~relltically acceptable carrier or excipient. Such carriers may include, but are not limited to. saline, buffered 3 o saline. dextrose. water. glycerol. ethanol and combinations thereof. The formulation should suit the mode of ~flmini~tration.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Kits The invention further relates to pharrn~ceutical packs and kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the aforementioned compositions of the 5 inventiorl. Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture. use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products. reflecting approval by the agency of the m~m~factllre, use or sale of the product for human ~timinictration.
0 ~(lmini~tration Polypeptides and other compounds of the present invention may be employed alone or in conjunction with other compounds. such as therapeutic compounds.
The pharm~l~eutical compositions may be a~mini~tered in any effective. convenient manner including, for in~t~nre, a~ministration by topical. oral. anaL va~inal. intravenous, illlld~ oneal.intramuscular. subcutaneous. intranasal or intradermal routes among others.
The pharmaceutical compositions generally are ~lmini~tered in an arnount effective for treatment or prophylaxis of a specific indication or indications. In general. the compositions are aAmini~tered in an amount of at least about 10 mgAcg body weight. In most cases they will be ~rlmini~tered in an amount not in excess of about 8 mg/kg body weight per day. Preferably, in most cases. dose is from about 10 mg/kg to about I mg/kg bodv weight, daily. It will be appreciated that optimum dosage will be determined by standard methods for each tre~tment modality and indication, taking into account the indication. its severity, route of ~lminictration complicating conditions and the like.
2 5 Gene therapy The NKAF II polynucleotides. polypeptides, agonists and antagonists that are polypeptides may be employed in accordance with the present invention by ~:A~,fe;,~ion of such polypeptides in vivo, in treatment modalities often referred to as "gene therapy."
Thus, for example, cells from a patient may be en8ineered with a polynucleotide, such 3 o as a DNA or RNA, encoding a polypeptide ex vivo. and the en ineered cells then can be provided to a patient to be treated with the polypeptide. For example, cells may be Pnginloered CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 WO 97l37022 PCT/US97/05570 ex vivo by the use of a retroviral plasmid vector conr~ining RNA encoding a polypeptide of the present invention. Such methods are well-known in the art and their use in the present invention will be appa~ from the te~ching~ herein.
Similarly, cells may be engineered in vivo for expression of a polypeptide in vivo by - 5 procedures known in the art. For example, a polynucleotide of the invention may be engineered for e~ e~sion in a replication defective retroviral vector. as discussed above. The retroviral expression construct then may be isolated and introduced into a p~ck~lJinP cell is tr~n~ ced with a retroviral plasmid vector cont~ining RNA encoding a polypeptide of the present invention such that the pacl~sing cell now produces infectious viral particles cont~ining the 0 gene of interest. These producer cells may be ~rnini~tered to a patient for engin~ering cells in vivo and ex~,iession of the polypeptide in vivo. These and other methods for ~lmini~tering a polypeptide of the present invention by such method should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the te~chinSJ~ of the present invention.
Retroviruses from which the retroviral plasmid vectors herein above mentioned may be derived include. but are not limited to. Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus. spleen necrosis virus.
retroviruses such as Rous Sarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma Virus. avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus. human immunodeficiency virus. adenovirus. Myeloproliferative Sarcoma Virus, and m~mm~ry tumor virus. In one embodiment. the retroviral plasmid vector is derived from Moloney Murine ~eukPmi~ Virus.
Such vectors well include one or more promoters for expressing the polypeptide.
Suitable promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to. the retroviral LTR:
the SV40 promoter: and the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter described in Miller et al Biotechniques 7: 980-990 (1989), or any other promoter (e.g., cellular promoters such as eukaryotic cellular promoters including, but not limited to. the histone. RNA polymerase III.
and 13-actin promoters). Other viral promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to. adenovirus promoters. thymidine kinase (TK) promoters. and B19 parvovirus promoters. The selection of a suitable promoter will be ap~arel1t to those skilled in the art from the te~chinsg.c comained herein.
The nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide of the present invention will be 3 o placed under the control of a suitable promoter. Suitable promoters which may be employed include. but are not limited to, adenoviral promoters. such as the adenoviral major late CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/~7022 PCTtUSg7/05570 promoter: or heterologous promoters. such as the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter: the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter: inducible promoters. such as the MMT promoter, the metallothionein promoter; heat shock promoters: the albumin promoter; the ApoAI
promoter: human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, such as the Herpes 5 Simplex thymidine kinase promoter: retroviral LTRs (including the modified retroviral LTRs herein above described); the 13-actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters. The promoter also may be the native promoter which controls the gene encoding the polypeptide.
The retroviral plasmid vector is employed to tr~n~duce p~k~ginP cell lines to form producer cell lines. Examples of p~Ck~ Ping cells which may be transfected include. but are not limited to. the PE501? PA317, Y-2. Y-AM, PA12, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, YCRE. YCRIP, GP+E-86. GP+envAm 12. and DAN cell lines as described in Miller. A., Human Gene Therapy 1: 5-14 (1990). The veclor may be tr~n~ ced into the p~k~Pin~ cells through any means known in the art. Such means include. but are not limited to. electroporation. the use of liposomes. and CaPO4 precipitation. In one alternative. the retroviral plasmid vector may be encapsulatedintoaliposome.orcoupledtoalipid~andthena-imini~t~redtoahost.
The producer cell line will generate infectious retroviral vector particles. which include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo. The tr~n~c~nred eukaryotic cells will express the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptide. Eukarvotic 2 o cells which may be tr~n~d1lce~1 include. but are not limited to. embryonic stem cells. embryonic carcinoma cells. as well as hematopoietic stem cells. hepatocvtes. fibroblasts. myoblasts~
keratinocytes. endothelial cells. and bronchial epithelial cells.
EXAMPLES
The present invention is further described by the following examples. The examples are provided solely to illustrate the invention by reference to specific embo~iim~ontc These exemplification s, while illustrating certain specific aspects of the invention. do not portray the limitations or circumscribe the scope of the disclosed invention.
3 o Certain terms used herein are explained in the foregoing glossary.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/0S570 All examples were carried OUt using standard techniques. which are well known and routine to those of skill in the art. e~cept where otherwise described in detail. Routine molecular biology techniques of the following examples can be carried out as described in standard laboratory m~nll~ic~ such as Sambrook et al.~ MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY
~ 5 ~IANUAL. 2nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press~ Cold Spring Harbor. N.Y. (1989), herein referred to as "Sambrook."
All parts or arnounts set out in the following examples are by weight, unless otherwise specified.
Unless otherwise stated size separation of fr~gm~-nt~ in the examples below was carried 0 out using standard techniques of agarose and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis ("PAGE') in Sambrook and numerous other references such as. for instance. by Goeddel et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 8: 4057 (1980).
Unless described otherwise. Iigations were accomplished using standard buffers.
int ub~tion tt~ e,dl lres and times. approximately equimolar amounts of the DNA fr~gmçntc to be ligated and approximately 10 units of T4 DNA ligase ("ligase") per 0.5 mg of DNA.
Example I Expression and purification of mature human NKAF II using bacteria The DNA sequence enco ling hurnan NKAF Il in the deposited polynucleotide was amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers specific to the amino acid carboxyl terminal 2 o sequence of the hurnan NKAF Il protein and to vector sequences 3' to the gene. Additional nucleotides cont~ininP restriction sites to facilitate cloning were added to the 5' and 3' sequences respectively.
The 5' oligonucleotide primer had the sequence 5' CGC CCATGG AGA ATG ATG
CCC CCC AT 3' (SEQ ID NO:3) cont~ining the underlined Nco I restriction site, which 2 5 encodes a start AUG, followed by 17 nucleotides of the human NKAF II coding sequence set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I) beginning with the first base of the first mature codon as predicted by the computer prograrn PSORT. The molecule encodes a particularly yl~f~ d fragment of the mature NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown as amino acid residues 3 to 208 in SEQ ID NO:2.
3 o The 3' primer had the sequence ~' CGC AAGCTT CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:4) cont~ining the underlined Hind III restriction site followed by nucleotides CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 complementary to the last 18 NKAF II non-codinv sequence next to StOp codon set out in Figure I (SEQ ID NO: l ), including the stop codon.
The restrictions sites were convenient to restriction enzyme sites in the bacterial exl,.ession vectors pQE-60. which were used for bacterial expression in these examples.
5 (Qiagen. Inc. Chatsworth. CA). pQE-60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr") and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an IPTG inducible promoter~ a ribosome binding site ("RBS"), a 6-His tag and restrictionenzyme sites.
The amplified human NKAF II DNA and the vector pQE-60 both were digested with Nco I and Hind III and the digested DNAs then were ligated together. Insertion of the NKAF II
10 DNA into the restricted vector placed the NKAF II coding region downstream of and operably linked to the vector's IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initi~tin~ AUG
applo,ul iately positioned for translation of NKAF II .
The ligation mixture ~vas transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures. Such procedures are described in Sambrook et al.. MOLECULAR CLONING: A
LABORATORY MANUAL, 2nd Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (l989). E. coli strain Ml5/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses lac repressor and confers kanamycin resi~t~nre ("Kanr"), was used in carrying out the illustrative exarnple described here. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for ~x~ ssillg NKAF Il, is available commercially from Qiagen.
2 o Transformants were identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of arnpicillin. Plasmid DNA was isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA was confirmed by restriction analysis.
Clones cont~ining the desired constructs were grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplPmentt-d with both ampicillin ( l 00 ug/ml) and kanamycin (25 ug/ml).
The O/N culture was used to inoculate a large culture. at a dilution of approximately l: l 00 to 1:250. The cells were grown to an optical density at 600nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. Isopropyl-B-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG') was then added to a final conrentration of l mM to induce transcription from lac repressor sensitive promoters. by inactivating the lacl repressor. Cells subsequently were incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells 3 o then were harvested by centrifugation and disrupted. by standard methods. Inclusion bodies were purified from the disrupted cells using routine collection techniques. and protein was CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 solubilized from the inclusion bodies into 8M urea. The 8M urea solution cont~ining the solubilized protein was passed over a PD-10 column in 2X phosphate buffered saline ("PBS"), thereby removing the urea. exch~nginP the buffer and refolding the protein. The protein was purified by a further step of chromatography to remove endotoxin. Then. it was sterile filtered.
~ 5 The sterile filtered protein preparation was stored in 2X PBS at a concentration of 95 micrograms per mL.
Analysis of the ~lc~aldlion by standard methods of polyacrvlamide gel electrophoresis revealed that the prel)~alion contained about 95% monomer NKAF II having the expected molecularweight of, approximately,23.3 kDa.
Example2 Cloning and expression of human NKAF II in a baculovirus expression system The cDNA sequence encoding the full length human NKAF II protein. in the deposited clone is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the ~' and 3' sequences ofthe gene:
The 5' primer has the sequence ~' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC
TTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:5) cont~ining the underlined Bam HI restriction enzvme site followed by 15 bases of the sequence of NKAF II of Figure l (SEQ ID NO: 1). Inserted into an expression vector, as described below, the 5 end of the amplified fragment encoding human NKAF II
2 o provides an efficient signal peptide. An efficient signal for initiation of translation in eukaryotic cells. as described by Kozak. M.. J. Mol. Biol. 196: 947-950 (1987) is appropriately located in the vector portion of the construct.
The 3' primer has the sequence 5' CGC GGT ACC CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:6) cont~ining the underlined Asp718 restriction followed by nucleotides 2 5 complementary to 18 nucleotides of NKAF II non-coding sequence next to stop codon.
The amplified fragment is isolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available kit ("Geneclean." BIO l01 Inc.. La Jolla. Ca.). The fragment then is digested with BamHl and Asp718 and again is purified on a 1% agarose gel. This fragment is de~ign~te~
herein F2.
3 o The vector pA2 is used to express the NKAF II protein in the baculovirus expression system. using standard methods. such as those described in Summers et al, A MANUAL OF
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97137022 PCTrUS97/05570 METHODS FOR BACULOVIRUS VECTORS AND INSECT CELL CULTURE
PROCEDURES. Texas Agricultural Experimental Station Bulletin No. IS55 (1987). This e~pression vector contains the strong polyhedrin promoter of the Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV) followed by convenient restriction siles. The signal peptide of AcMNPV gp67. including the N-terrninal methionine, is located just upstream of a Barn~l site.
The polvadenylationsite of the simian virus 40 ("SV40") is used for efficient polyadenylation.
For an easy selection of recombinant virus the beta-galactosidasegene from E.coli is inserted in the same orientation as the polyhedrin promoter and is followed by the polyadenylation signal of the polyhedrin gene. The polyhedrin sequences are flanked at both sides by viral sequences 0 for cell-mediated homologous recombination with wild-type viral DNA to generate viable virus that express the cloned polynucleotide.
~any other baculovirus vectors could be used in place of pA2. such as pAc373.
pVL941 and pAcIMI provided, as those of skill readily will appreciate. that construction provides a~"opliately located signals for transcription~ translation. trafficking and the like, such as an in-frame AUG and a signal peptide. as required. Such vectors are described in Luckow et al., Virology 170: 31-39. among others.
The plasmid is digested with the restriction enzymes and Bam HI and Asp7 18 and then is dephosphorylated using calf i-lle~l;n~l phosph~t~e. using routine procedures known in the art. The DNA is then isolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available kit 2 o ("Geneclean"BIO 101 Inc.~LaJolla,Ca.). ThisvectorDNAis~ sign~t~dherein"V2".
Fragment F2 and the dephosphorylated plasmid V2 are li ated to ether w ith T4 DNA
ligase. E.coli HB101 cells are transformed with ligation mix and spread on culture plates.
Bacteria are identified that contain the plasmid with the human NKAF Il gene by digesting DNA from individual colonies using Bam HI and Asp718 and then analyzing the digestion product by gel electrophoresis. The sequence of the cloned fragment is confirmed by DNA
sequencing. This plasmid is df ~ign~t~cl herein pBacNKAF II.
5 mg of the plasmid pBacNKAF II is co-transfected with 1.0 mg of a commercially available linearized baculovirus DNA ("BaculoGoldO baculovirus DNA", Pharrningen, San Diego. CA.), using the lipofection method described by Felgner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 84: 7413-7417 (1987). Img of BaculoGoldO virus DNA and 5 mg of the plasmid pBacNKAF II are mixed in a sterile well of a microtiter plate cont~ining 50 ml of serurn free CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 Grace!s medium (Life Technologies Inc.. Gaithersburg. MD). Afterwards 10 ml Lipofectin plus 90 ml Grace's medium are added. mixed and incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature.
Then the transfection mixture is added drop-wise to Sf9 insect cells (ATCC CRL 171 1 ) seeded in a 35 mm tissue culture plate with I ml Grace's medium without serum. The plate is rocked 5 baclc and forth to mi~c the newly added solution. The plate is then incubated for S hours at 27~C.
After S hours the transfection solution is removed from the plate and 1 ml of Grace's insect medium suppl~?m~ntecl with 10% fetal calf serum is added. The plate is put back into an incubator and cultivation is continued at 27~C for four days.
After four days the supernatant is collected and a plaque assay is performed, as0 described by Summers and Smith. cited above. An agarose gel with "Blue Gal" (Life Technolo_ies Inc.. Gaithersburg) is used to allow easy identification and isolation of gal-e:cpressing clones~ which produce blue-stained plaques. (A detailed description of a "plaque assay" of this type can also be found in the user's guide for insect cell culture and baculovirology distributed by Life Technologies Inc.. Gaithersburg, page 9-10).
Four days aRer serial dilution. the virus is added to the cells. After app~ ate incubation, blue stained plaques are picked with the tip of an Eppendorf pipette. The agar cont~iningthe recombinantviruses is then resuspended in an Eppendorftube cont~ining 200 ml of Grace's medium. The agar is removed by a brief centrifugation and the s~lpern~t~nt cont~inin~the recombinantbaculovirusis used to infect Sf9 cells seeded in 35 mm dishes. Four 2 o days later the supernatants of these culture dishes are harvested and then they are stored at 4~C.
A clone cont~ining properly inserted NKAF II is identified by DNA analysis including restriction mapping and sequencing This is desi gn~t~d herein as V-NKAF II.
Sf9 cells are grown in Grace's medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS.
The cells are infected with the recombinant baculovirus V-NKAF II at a multiplicity of 2 s infection ("MOI") of about 2 (about 1 to about 3). Six hours later the medium is removed and is replaced with SF900 II medium minus methionine and cysteine (available from LifeTechnolo_ies Inc., Gaithersburg). 42 hours later. 5 mCi of 35S-methionine and 5 mCi 35S
cysteine (available from Amersham) are added. The cells are further incubated for 16 hours and then they are harvested by centrifugation. Iysed and the labeled proteins are visualized by SDS-3 o PAGE and autoradiography.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W 097/37022 rcTrusg7/o5570 The N-terminal sequence of the NKAF II polypeptide produced according to the above method was determinedto begin with the amino acid residue l as shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
Example 3 Expression of NKAF II in COS cells The expression plasmid. NKAF II HA? is made bv cloning a cDNA encoding NKAF II
into the expression vector pcDNAI/Amp (which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.).
The expression vector pcDNAI/amp contains: (l) an E.coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and other prokaryotic cell; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-conr~ining prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for 0 propagation in eukaryotic cells; (4) a CMV promoter, a polylinker, an SV40 intron, and a polyadenylation signal arranged so that a cDNA conveniently can be placed under ~Aplession control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polvadenylation si~nal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker.
A DNA fragment encoding the entire NKAF II precursor and a HA tag fused in frame to its 3' end is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter. The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza h~-m~pglutinin protein described by Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 ( 1984). The fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection of the recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA epitope.
2 o The plasmid construction strategy is as follows.
The NKAF II cDNA of the deposit clone is amplified usin~ primers that contained convenient restriction sites. much as described above regarding the construction of ~x~)re~ion vectors for expression of NKAF II in E. coli and S. furgiperda.
To facilitate detection, purification and characterization of the expressed NKAF II, one 2 5 of the primers contains a h~m~glutinin tag ("HA tag") as described above.
Suitable primers include that following, which are used in this example.
The 5' primer 5' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC TTG 3' (SEQ ID
NO:7) contains the underlined Bam HI site. an AUG start codon and l 5 codons thereafter.
The 3' primer. Cont~ining the underlined Xba I site; 15 bp of 3' coding sequence (at the 3 o 3' end); and hemagluttininta_ has the following sequence, 5' CGC TCT AGA TCA AGC GTA
GTC TGG GAC GTC GTA TGG GTA GAA GGA GCA GAC GAA 3' (SEQ ID NO:8).
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 wo 97t37022 PCT/US97/05570 The PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector. pcDNAI/Amp. are digested with andthen ligated. The ligation mixture is transformed into E. coli strain SURE (available from Stratagene Cloning Systems. 11099 North Torrey Pines Road. La Jolla. CA 9~037) the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow 5 growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and ex~min~d by restriction analysis and gel sizing for the presence of the NKAF II-encoding fragment.
For expression of recombinant NKAF II, COS cells are transfected with an e~l),ession vector. as described above, using DEAE-DEXTRAN. as described. for instance, in Sambrook et 0 al., MOLECULAR CLONTNG: A LABORATORY MANUAL~ Cold Spring Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor. New York ( 1989).
Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of NKAF II by the vector.
Expression of the NKAF II HA fusion protein is detected bv radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation.using methods described in, for e~ample Harlow et al.. ANTIBODIES: A
LABORATORY MANUAL, ~nd Ed.: Cold Spring Harbor Laborator Press. Cold Spring Harbor. New York (1988). To this end. two days after transfection. the cells are labeled by in~ubation in media cont~inin~ 35S-cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the Iysed with d~l~.genl-cont~iningRIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCI, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 1% NP-40. 0.5% DOC~ 50 mM TRIS~ pH 7.5. as described by Wilson et 2 C al. cited above. Proteins are precipitated from the cell Iysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibodv. The precipitated proteins then are analvzed by SDS-PAGE gels and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell Iysate. which is not seen in negative controls.
2 5 Example 4 Tissue distribution of NKAF Il expression Northern blot analysis is carried out to examine the levels of expression of NKAF II in human tissues. using methods described by, among others. Sambrook et al. cited above. Total cellular RNA samples are isolated with RNAzolO B system (Biotecx Laboratories. Inc. 6023 South Loop East. Houston. TX 77033).
3 o About 10mg of Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples. The RNA is size resolved by electrophoresis through a 1% agarose gel under strongly denaturing conditions. RNA is CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 Wo 97/37022 PCT/US97/05570 blotted from the gel onto a nylon filter. and the filter then is prepared for hybridization to a detectably labeled polynucleotideprobe.
As a probe to detect mRNA that encodes NKAF II. the antisense strand of the coding region of the cDNA insert in the deposited clone is labeled to a high specific activity. The cDNA is labeled by primer extension. using the Prime-It kit. available from Stratagene. The reaction is carried out using 50 ng of the cDNA, following the standard reaction protocol as recommended by the supplier. The labeled polynucleotide is purified away from other labeled reaction components by column chromatography using a Select-G-50 column. obtained from 5-Prime - 3-Prime. Inc. of 5603 Arapahoe Road, Boulder, CO 80303.
0 The labeled probe is hybridized to the filter, at a concentrationof 1.000,000 cpm/ml, in a small volume of 7% SDS, 0.5 M NaPO4. pH 7.4 at 65~C. overnight.
Thereafter the probe solution is drained and the filter is washed twice at room temperatureand twice at 60~C with 0.5 x SSC, 0.1% SDS. The filterthen is dried and exposed to film at -70~C ovemightwith an intensifyingscreen.
Autoradiography shows that mRNA for NKAF II is abundant in fetal liver and bone marrow.
F.Y~-nrle 5 Gene therapeutic expression of human NKAF II
Fibroblasts are obtained from a subject by skin biopsy. The resulting tissue is placed in 2 o tissue-culture medium and separated into small pieces. Small chunks of the tissue are placed on a wet surface of a tissue culture flask. approximately ten pieces are placed in each flask. The flask is turned upside down. closed tight and left at room t~ l dlure overnight. After 24 hours at room t~ e,al~lre, the flask is inverted - the chunks of tissue remain fixed to the bottom of the flask - and fresh media is added (e.g., Ham's F12 media. with 10% FBS, penicillin and 2 5 streptomycin). The tissue is then incubated at 37~C for approximately one week. At this time.
fresh media is added and subsequently changed every several days. After an additional two weeks in culture. a monolayer of fibroblasts emerges. The monolayer is trypsinized and scaled into larger flasks.
A vector for gene therapy is digested with restriction enzymes for cloning a fragment to 3 o be expressed. The digested vector is treated with calf intestinal phosph~t~ce to prevent self-ligation. The dephosphorylated. Iinear vector is fractionated on an agarose gel and purified.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 NKAF II cDNA capable of expressinQ active NKAF II. is isolated. The ends of the fragment are modified. if necessary, for cloning into the vector. For inct~nce- 5" overh~nging may be treated with DNA polymerase to create blunt ends. 3' overh~nging ends may be removed using S l nuclease. Linkers may be ligated to blunt ends with T4 DNA ligase.
~ 5 Equal quantities of the Molonev murine leukemia virus linear backbone and the NKAF
II fragment are mixed together and joined using T4 DNA ligase. The ligation mixture is used to transform E. Coli and the bacteria are then plated onto agar-cont~ining kanarnycin. Kanamycin phenotype and restriction analysis confirm that the vector has the properly inserted gene.
Parl~gin~ cells are gro~vn in tissue culture to confluent density in Dulbecco's Modified 0 Eagles Medium (DMEM) with 10% calf serum (CS), penicillin and streptomycin. The vector cont~ining the NKAF II gene is introduced into the p~ck~ing cells by standard techniques.
Infectious viral particles cont~ininsg the NKAF II gene are collected from the p~k~gjng cells, which now are called producer cells.
Fresh media is added to the producer cells, and after an a~plopliate incubation period media is harvested from the plates of confluent producer cells. The media, cont~ining the infectious viral particles~ is filtered through a Millipore filter to remove det~ Pd producer cells.
The filtered media then is used to infect fibroblast cells. Media is removed from a sub-confluent plate of fibroblasts and quickly replaced with the filtered media. Polybrene (Aldrich) may be included in the media to facilitate transduction. After al,~.opliate incubation, the media is removed and replaced with fresh media. If the titer of virus is high, then virtually all fi~roblasts will be infected and no selection is re4uired. If the titer is low. then it is necess~ry to use a retroviral vector that has a selectable marker. such as neo or his. to select out tr~ncdsleed cells for expansion.
FnginPered fibroblasts then may be injected into rats. either alone or after having been gro~vn to confluence on microcarrier beads~ such as cytodex 3 beads. The injected fibroblasts produce NKAF II product. and the biological actions of the protein are conveyed to the host.
Example 6 Expression of recombinant NKAF II in CHO cells The vector pCl is used for the exl)~es~ion of NKAF II protein. Plasmid pCl is a 3 o derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr [ATCC Accession No. 3 7 l 46]. Both plasmids contain the mouse DHFR ,~ene under control of the SV40 early promoter. Chinese hamster ovary- or other CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM. Lift Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate ~MTX) has been well documented (see, e.g., Alt. F.W.~ Kellems, R.M., Bertino, J.R.. and Schimke. R.T., 1978, J. Biol. Chem.253:1357-1370.Hamlin. J.L. and Ma~ C.1990. Biochem. et Biophys. Acta. 1097:107-143.Page, M.J. and Svclerlh~m~ M.A. 1991, Biotechnology Vol. 9:64-68). Cells grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the drug by overproducing the target enzyme. DHFR. as a result of amplificationof the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the DHFR gene it is usually co-amplified and o over-expressed. It is state of the art to develop cell lines carrying more than I ,000 copies of the genes. Subsequently. when the methotrexate is withdrawn. cell lines contain the amplified gene integrated into the chromosome(s).
Plasmid pC I contains for the expression of the gene of interest a strong promoter of the long terminal repeat ~LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus (Cullen. et al.. Molecular and Cellular Biology, March 1985, 438-4470) plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immerli~te early gene of human cytomegalovirus (CMV) (Boshart et al., Cell 41:521-530, 1985).
Do~"sL~ ll of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: BamHI, Pvull, and Nrul. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains translational stop codons in all three reading frames followed by the 3' intron 2 0 and the polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high efficient promoters can also be used for the e~ essiom e.g., the human 13-actin promoter. the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses. e.g., HIV and HTLVI. For the polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals. e.g., from the human growth horrnone or globin genes can be used as well.
2 5 Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosome can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g. G418 plus methotrexate.
The plasmid pC 1 is digested with the restriction enzyme BamHI and then 3 o dephosphorylatedusing calf intestinal phosph~t~ceby procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolated from a I % agarose gel.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05570 The DNA sequence encoding NKAF II. 9746S is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers correspondingto the 5' and 3' sequences of the gene:
The 5' primer has the sequence ~' CGC GGATCC GCC ATC ATG CAA CGC CTC
TTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:9) containing the underlined Bam HI restriction enzyme site followed by 15 bases of the sequence of NKAF II of Figure I (SEQ ID NO:I). The 3' primer has the sequence 5' CGC GGT ACC CTC CGT GCC GCT GGC TTA 3' (SEQ ID NO:I0) containing the underlined Asp7 18 restriction followed by nucleotides complementary to 18 nucleotides of NKAF II non-coding sequence next to stop codon.
The amplified fragments are isolated from a 1% agarose gel as described above and then 0 digested with the endonuclease BamHI and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel.
The isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA
ligase. E.coli HBIOI cells are then transformed and bacteria identified that contained the plasmid pCl inserted in the correct orientation using the restriction enzyme BamHI. The sequence of the inserted gene is confirmed bv DNA sequencing.
Transfection of CHO-DHFR-cells Chinese hamster ovary cells lac~in_ an active DHFR enzyme are used for transfection.
5 mg of the exl,les~ion plasmid C I are cotransfected with 0.5 mg of the plasmid pSVneo using the lipofectin method (Felgner et al.~ supra). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dolllh~
2 o selectable marker. the gene neo from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with I
mg/ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner. Germany) and cultivated from 10-14 days. After this period, single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6-well petri dishes using different concentrations of methotrexate (25. 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 400 nm). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6-well plates cont~ining even higher concentrations of methotrexate (500 nM. I mM. 2 mM. 5 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones grow at a concentrationof 100 mM.
The expression of the desired gene product is analyzed by Western blot analysis and 3 o SDS-PAGE.
W O 97/37022 rCT~US97/OS570 It will be clear that the invention mav be practiced otherwise than as particularly described in the fore~oin~ description and exarnples.
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT: NI, JIAN
LI, HAODONG
YU, GUO-LIANG
GENTZ, REINER L.
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: HUMAN NATURAL KILLER CELL ACTIVATION
FACTOR II
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 11 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: HUMAN GENOME SCIENCES, INC.
(B) STREET: 9410 REY WEST AVENUE
(C) CITY: ROCRVILLE
(D) STATE: MD
(E) COUNTRY: US
(F) ZIP: 20850 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS~MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: PatentIn Release #1.0, Version #1.30 (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii) AllOR~Y/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: BROOKES, ANDERS A.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 36,373 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: PF266 (ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (301) 309-8504 (B) TELEFAX: (301) 309-8512 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 857 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRA~n~N~.~S: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (ix) FEATURE:
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTnUS97/05570 (A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 82..756 (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAMEJKEy: sig_peptide (B) LOCATION: ~2..130 (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: mat_peptide (B) LOCATION: 133..7S6 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
Met Gln Arg Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Phe Leu CTG CTG GGA ACA GTT TCT GCT CTT CAT CTG GAG AAT GAT GCC CCC CAT 15g Leu Leu Gly Thr Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Glu Asn Asp Ala Pro ~is Leu Glu Ser Leu Glu Thr Gln Ala Asp Leu Gly Gln Asp Leu Asp Ser Ser Lys Glu Gln Glu Arg Asp Leu Ala Leu Thr Glu Glu Val Ile Gln Ala Glu Gly Glu Glu Val Lys Ala Ser Ala Cys Gln Asp Asn Phe Glu Asp Glu Glu Ala Met Glu Ser Asp Pro Ala Ala Leu Asp Lys Asp Phe Gln Cys Pro Arg Glu Glu Asp Ile Val Glu Val Gln Gly Ser Pro Arg Cys Lys Thr Cys Arg Tyr Tyr Leu Val Arg Thr Pro Lys Thr Phe Ala Glu Ala Gln Ile Val Cys Ser Arg Cys Tyr Gly Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asp Phe Asn Phe Asn Tyr Arg Ile Met Cys Ile Ser Asn Thr CA 022~0269 l998-09-28 Val Asn Gln Ala Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Asn Leu Arg Gly Trp Phe Leu Trp Lys Arg Phe Cys Trp Thr Asp Gly Ser His Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ser Pro Gly Gln Pro Gly Asn Gly Gln Gly Ser Cys Val Ala 170 175 180 '85 Leu Cys Thr Lys Gly Gly Tyr Trp Arg Arg Thr Gln Cys Asp Lys Gln Leu Pro Phe Val Cys Ser Phe AA~AAAAAAA A 857 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
(i) S~Uu~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 225 amino acids (L) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
Met Gln Arg Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Phe Leu Leu Leu Gly Thr Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Glu Asn Asp Ala Pro His Leu Glu Ser Leu Glu Thr l 5 10 15 ~ln Ala Asp Leu Gly Gln Asp Leu Asp Ser Ser Lys Glu Gln Glu Arg ~sp Leu Ala Leu Thr Glu Glu Val Ile Gln Ala Glu Gly Glu Glu Val Lys Ala Ser Ala Cys Gln Asp Asn Phe Glu Asp Glu Glu Ala Met Glu Ser Asp Pro Ala Ala Leu Asp Lys Asp Phe Gln Cys Pro Arg Glu Glu Asp Ile Val Glu Val Gln Gly Ser Pro Arg Cys Lys Thr Cys Arg Tyr CA 022~0269 l998-09-28 W O 97l37022 PCT~US97/05570 ~yr Leu Val Arg Thr Pro Lys Thr Phe Ala Glu Ala Gln Ile Val Cys ~er Arg Cys Tyr Gly Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asp Phe Asn Phe Asn Tyr Arg Ile Met Cys Ile Ser Asn Thr Val Asn Gln Ala Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Asn Leu Arg Gly Trp Phe Leu Trp Lys Arg Phe Cys Trp Thr Asp Gly Ser His Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ser Pro Gly Gln ~ro Gly Asn Gly Gln Gly Ser Cys Val Ala Leu Cys Thr Lys Gly Gly ~yr Trp Arg Arg Thr Gln Cys Asp Lys Gln Leu Pro Phe Val Cys Ser Phe ~2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 26 base pairs ~B) TYPE: nucleic acid ~C) sTR~NnFn~s single ~D) TOPOLOGY: linear ~ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA ~genomic) (xi) S~Qu~N~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
(2) lN~O~IATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRAWDEDNESS: single ~D) TOPOLOGY: linear ~ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:5:
U~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pa1rs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) ~xi) ~yu~N~:DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l-llG 30 2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 ~ase pairs ~B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRAN~EJN~SS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) ~u~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
~2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
yu~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) sTRA~nFnN~s single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l~llG 30 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
_59_ CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 W O 97/37022 PCTrUS97/05570 (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 54 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic~
(Xi) S~QU~NC~: DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8:
CG~lulAGAT CAAGCGTAGT CTGGGACGTC GTATGGGTAG AAGGAGCAGA CGAA 54 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:9:
( i ) S ~:~U~N-U~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9:
CGCGGATCCG CCATCATGCA ACGC~l~ll~ 30 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
QD~N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 27 base pairs (B) TYPE: nucleic acid (C) STR~NDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) (Xi) ~U~:NU~ DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
CGCGGTACCC TCCGTGCCGC T ~TTA 27 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
( i ) ~U ~:N~ CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 222 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: single (D) TOPOLOGY: linear CA 022~0269 1998-09-28 (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (xi) SEQUENCE DESC2IPTION: SEQ ID NO: 11:
Met Lys Leu Pro Leu Leu Leu Ala Leu Leu Phe Gly Ala Val Ser Ala Leu His Leu Arg Ser Glu Thr Ser Thr Phe Glu Thr Pro Leu Gly Ala Lys Thr Leu Pro Glu Asp Glu Glu Thr Pro Glu Gln Glu Met Glu Glu Thr Pro Cys Arg Glu Leu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Trp Gly Ser Gly Ser Glu Asp Ala Ser Lys Lys Asp Gly Ala Val Glu Ser Ile Ser Val Pro Asp Met Val Asp Lys Asn Leu Thr Cys Pro Glu Glu Glu Asp Thr Val Lys Val Val Gly Ile Pro Gly Cys Gln Thr Cys Arg Tyr Leu Leu Val Arg Ser Leu Gln Thr Phe Ser Gln Ala Trp Phe Thr Cys Arg Arg Cys Tyr Arg Gly Asn Leu Val Ser Ile His Asn Phe Asn Ile Asn Tyr Arg Ile Gln Cys Ser Val Ser Ala Leu Asn Gln Gly Gln Val Trp Ile Gly Gly Arg Ile Thr Gly Ser Gly Arg Cys Arg Arg Phe Gln Trp Val Asp Gly Ser Arg Trp Asn Phe Ala Tyr Trp Ala Ala His Gln Pro Trp Ser Arg Gly Gly His Cys Val Ala Leu Cys Thr Arg Gly Gly Tyr Trp Arg Arg Ala His Cys Leu Arg Arg Leu Pro Phe Ile Cys Ser Tyr
Claims (23)
1. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide having at least 95% identity to a member selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2;
(b) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid I to amino acid 208 as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2;
(c) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 4 to amino acid 208 as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2; and (d) a polynucleotide which is complementary to the polynucleotide of (a), (b) or (c).
(a) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2;
(b) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid I to amino acid 208 as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2;
(c) a polynucleotide encoding an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 4 to amino acid 208 as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2; and (d) a polynucleotide which is complementary to the polynucleotide of (a), (b) or (c).
2. The polynucleotide of Claim I wherein the polynucleotide is DNA.
3 . The polynucleotide of Claim I wherein the polynucleotide is RNA.
4. The polynucleotide of Claim I wherein the polynucleotide is genomic DNA.
5. The polynucleotide of Claim 2 which encodes the NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid residues -17 to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2.
6. The polynucleotide of Claim 2 which encodes the mature NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 1 to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2.
7. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide having at least 95% identity to a member selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a polynucleotide which encodes the full-length NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465:
(b) a polynucleotide which encodes the mature polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465;
(c) a polynucleotide which is complementary to the polynucleotide of (a) or (b).
(a) a polynucleotide which encodes the full-length NKAF II polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465:
(b) a polynucleotide which encodes the mature polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by the human cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97465;
(c) a polynucleotide which is complementary to the polynucleotide of (a) or (b).
8. The polynucleotide of claim I comprising the sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: I from nucleotide 133 to nucleotide 756.
9. The polynucleotide of claim I comprising the sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: I from nucleotide 142 to nucleotide 756.
10. A vector comprising the DNA of Claim 2.
I 1. A host cell comprising the vector of Claim 10.
12. A process for producing a polypeptide comprising: expressing from the host cell of Claim II the polypeptide encoded by said DNA.
13. A process for producing a cell which expresses a polypeptide comprising genetically engineering the cell with the vector of Claim 10.
14. A polypeptide comprising a member selected from the group consisting of:
(a) an NKAF II polypeptide having an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID
NO:2:
(b) an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 1 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID
NO:2; (c) an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 4 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID
NO:2; and (d) an NKAF II polypeptide which is at least 95% identical to the polypeptide of (a), (b) or (c).
(a) an NKAF II polypeptide having an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID
NO:2:
(b) an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 1 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID
NO:2; (c) an NKAF II polypeptide comprising amino acid 4 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID
NO:2; and (d) an NKAF II polypeptide which is at least 95% identical to the polypeptide of (a), (b) or (c).
15. The NKAF II polypeptide of Claim 14 wherein the polypeptide comprises amino acid -17 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID NO:2.
16. The polypeptide of Claim 14 wherein the polypeptide comprises amino acid 1 to amino acid 208 of SEQ ID NO:2.
17. A compound which inhibits activation of the polypeptide of claim 14.
18. A method for the treatment of a patient having need of NKAF II comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of the polypeptide of claim 14.
19. The method of Claim 18 wherein said therapeutically effective amount of the polypeptide is administered by providing to the patient DNA encoding said polypeptide and expressing said polypeptide in vivo
20. A method for the treatment of a patient having need to inhibit a NKAF II polypeptide comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Claim 17.
21. A process for diagnosing a disease or a susceptibility to a disease related to an under-expression of the NKAF II polypeptide of claim 14 comprising:
determining a mutation in a nucleic acid sequence encoding said polypeptide.
determining a mutation in a nucleic acid sequence encoding said polypeptide.
22. A diagnostic process comprising:
analyzing for the presence of the NKAF II polypeptide of claim 14 in a sample derived from a host..
analyzing for the presence of the NKAF II polypeptide of claim 14 in a sample derived from a host..
23. A method for identifying compounds which bind to and inhibit activation of the NKAF
II polypeptide of claim 14 comprising: contacting a cell expressing on the surface thereof a receptor for the polypeptide. said receptor being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to said receptor, with an analytically detectable NKAF II polypeptide and a compound under conditions to permit binding to the receptor; and determining whether the compound binds to and inhibits the receptor by detecting the absence of a signal generated from the interaction of the NKAF II with the receptor.
II polypeptide of claim 14 comprising: contacting a cell expressing on the surface thereof a receptor for the polypeptide. said receptor being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to said receptor, with an analytically detectable NKAF II polypeptide and a compound under conditions to permit binding to the receptor; and determining whether the compound binds to and inhibits the receptor by detecting the absence of a signal generated from the interaction of the NKAF II with the receptor.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US1479696P | 1996-04-03 | 1996-04-03 | |
WOPCT/US96/04456 | 1996-04-03 | ||
US60/014,796 | 1996-04-03 | ||
US9604456 | 1996-04-03 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2250269A1 true CA2250269A1 (en) | 1997-10-09 |
Family
ID=26686535
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002250269A Abandoned CA2250269A1 (en) | 1996-04-03 | 1997-04-03 | Human natural killer cell activating factor ii |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0937147A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2438097A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2250269A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1997037022A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6448044B2 (en) | 1996-04-03 | 2002-09-10 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | DNA encoding human natural killer cell activating factor II |
US6492507B1 (en) | 1996-10-23 | 2002-12-10 | Incyte Genomics, Inc. | Polynucleotides encoding human eosinophil-derived basic protein |
US7011941B1 (en) | 1996-10-23 | 2006-03-14 | Incyte Corporation | Human eosinophil-derived basic protein |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5185431A (en) * | 1988-08-31 | 1993-02-09 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Recombinant natural killer cell activator |
DE4202671A1 (en) * | 1991-05-27 | 1992-12-03 | Degussa | FORMKOERPER CONTAINING DEALUMINATED ZEOLITE Y AND THE METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION |
-
1997
- 1997-04-03 WO PCT/US1997/005570 patent/WO1997037022A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1997-04-03 CA CA002250269A patent/CA2250269A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-04-03 AU AU24380/97A patent/AU2438097A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-04-03 EP EP97920102A patent/EP0937147A1/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0937147A1 (en) | 1999-08-25 |
AU2438097A (en) | 1997-10-22 |
WO1997037022A1 (en) | 1997-10-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP0897390B1 (en) | Human tumor necrosis factor delta and epsilon | |
US5874240A (en) | Human 4-1BB receptor splicing variant | |
US20050186616A1 (en) | Human cystatin F | |
WO1997033899A1 (en) | Apoptosis inducing molecule i | |
US6861226B2 (en) | Human endometrial specific steroid-binding factor I, II and III | |
CA2249251A1 (en) | Human cytokine polypeptide | |
US5945303A (en) | Human hematopoietic-specific protein | |
US6509170B1 (en) | Polynucleotides encoding human tumor necrosis factor delta | |
US7309780B2 (en) | Antibodies to natural killer cell activating factor II | |
US5919658A (en) | Human cystatin F | |
CA2250269A1 (en) | Human natural killer cell activating factor ii | |
US20060171918A1 (en) | Apoptosis inducing molecule I | |
US6908986B2 (en) | Chemokine alpha 3 | |
WO1997036915A1 (en) | Human cystatin f | |
US20060073573A1 (en) | Chemotactic cytokine III | |
WO1997037021A1 (en) | Human cystatin f | |
AU716415B2 (en) | Pineal gland specific gene-1 | |
AU2003236393B2 (en) | Methods of Treating or Preventing Inflammation or Rheumatoid Arthritis | |
US20040197874A1 (en) | Human cytokine polypeptide | |
WO1997033986A1 (en) | Arginase ii | |
AU1368101A (en) | Human tumor necrosis factor delta and epsilon | |
AU2890700A (en) | Pineal gland specific gene-1 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |